+++ /dev/null
-/* Read hp debug symbols and convert to internal format, for GDB.
- Copyright 1993, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of GDB.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
- Written by the Center for Software Science at the University of Utah
- and by Cygnus Support. */
-
-/* Common include file for hp_symtab_read.c and hp_psymtab_read.c.
- This has nested includes of a bunch of stuff. */
-#include "hpread.h"
-#include "demangle.h"
-
-/* To generate dumping code, uncomment this define. The dumping
- itself is controlled by routine-local statics called "dumping". */
-/* #define DUMPING 1 */
-
-/* To use the quick look-up tables, uncomment this define. */
-#define QUICK_LOOK_UP 1
-
-/* To call PXDB to process un-processed files, uncomment this define. */
-#define USE_PXDB 1
-
-/* Forward procedure declarations */
-
-void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *);
-
-void do_pxdb (bfd *);
-
-void hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *, int);
-
-void hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *);
-
-static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *);
-
-static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *, int);
-
-static struct partial_symtab *hpread_start_psymtab
- (struct objfile *, char *, CORE_ADDR, int,
- struct partial_symbol **, struct partial_symbol **);
-
-static struct partial_symtab *hpread_end_psymtab
- (struct partial_symtab *, char **, int, int, CORE_ADDR,
- struct partial_symtab **, int);
-
-/* End of forward routine declarations */
-
-#ifdef USE_PXDB
-
-/* NOTE use of system files! May not be portable. */
-
-#define PXDB_SVR4 "/opt/langtools/bin/pxdb"
-#define PXDB_BSD "/usr/bin/pxdb"
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include "gdb_string.h"
-
-/* check for the existence of a file, given its full pathname */
-int
-file_exists (char *filename)
-{
- if (filename)
- return (access (filename, F_OK) == 0);
- return 0;
-}
-
-
-/* Translate from the "hp_language" enumeration in hp-symtab.h
- used in the debug info to gdb's generic enumeration in defs.h. */
-static enum language
-trans_lang (enum hp_language in_lang)
-{
- if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_C)
- return language_c;
-
- else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
- return language_cplus;
-
- else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN)
- return language_fortran;
-
- else
- return language_unknown;
-}
-
-static char main_string[] = "main";
-\f
-/* Call PXDB to process our file.
-
- Approach copied from DDE's "dbgk_run_pxdb". Note: we
- don't check for BSD location of pxdb, nor for existence
- of pxdb itself, etc.
-
- NOTE: uses system function and string functions directly.
-
- Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
-int
-hpread_call_pxdb (const char *file_name)
-{
- char *p;
- int status;
- int retval;
-
- if (file_exists (PXDB_SVR4))
- {
- p = xmalloc (strlen (PXDB_SVR4) + strlen (file_name) + 2);
- strcpy (p, PXDB_SVR4);
- strcat (p, " ");
- strcat (p, file_name);
-
- warning ("File not processed by pxdb--about to process now.\n");
- status = system (p);
-
- retval = (status == 0);
- }
- else
- {
- warning ("pxdb not found at standard location: /opt/langtools/bin\ngdb will not be able to debug %s.\nPlease install pxdb at the above location and then restart gdb.\nYou can also run pxdb on %s with the command\n\"pxdb %s\" and then restart gdb.", file_name, file_name, file_name);
-
- retval = 0;
- }
- return retval;
-} /* hpread_call_pxdb */
-\f
-
-/* Return 1 if the file turns out to need pre-processing
- by PXDB, and we have thus called PXDB to do this processing
- and the file therefore needs to be re-loaded. Otherwise
- return 0. */
-int
-hpread_pxdb_needed (bfd *sym_bfd)
-{
- asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
- unsigned int do_pxdb;
- char *buf;
- bfd_size_type header_section_size;
-
- unsigned long tmp;
- unsigned int pxdbed;
-
- header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$HEADER$");
- if (!header_section)
- {
- return 0; /* No header at all, can't recover... */
- }
-
- debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$DEBUG$");
- pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$PINFO$");
-
- if (pinfo_section && !debug_section)
- {
- /* Debug info with DOC, has different header format.
- this only happens if the file was pxdbed and compiled optimized
- otherwise the PINFO section is not there. */
- header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
-
- if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header))
- {
- buf = alloca (sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
-
- if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
- header_section,
- buf, 0,
- header_section_size))
- error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
-
- tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 4));
- pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
-
- if (!pxdbed)
- error ("file debug header info invalid\n");
- do_pxdb = 0;
- }
-
- else
- error ("invalid $HEADER$ size in executable \n");
- }
-
- else
- {
-
- /* this can be three different cases:
- 1. pxdbed and not doc
- - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
- - header is PXDB_header type
- - pxdbed flag is set to 1
-
- 2. not pxdbed and doc
- - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
- - header is DOC_info_header type
- - pxdbed flag is set to 0
-
- 3. not pxdbed and not doc
- - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
- - header is XDB_header type
- - pxdbed flag is set to 0
-
- NOTE: the pxdbed flag is meaningful also in the not
- already pxdb processed version of the header,
- because in case on non-already processed by pxdb files
- that same bit in the header would be always zero.
- Why? Because the bit is the leftmost bit of a word
- which contains a 'length' which is always a positive value
- so that bit is never set to 1 (otherwise it would be negative)
-
- Given the above, we have two choices : either we ignore the
- size of the header itself and just look at the pxdbed field,
- or we check the size and then we (for safety and paranoia related
- issues) check the bit.
- The first solution is used by DDE, the second by PXDB itself.
- I am using the second one here, because I already wrote it,
- and it is the end of a long day.
- Also, using the first approach would still involve size issues
- because we need to read in the contents of the header section, and
- give the correct amount of stuff we want to read to the
- get_bfd_section_contents function. */
-
- /* decide which case depending on the size of the header section.
- The size is as defined in hp-symtab.h */
-
- header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
-
- if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (PXDB_header)) /* pxdb and not doc */
- {
-
- buf = alloca (sizeof (PXDB_header));
- if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
- header_section,
- buf, 0,
- header_section_size))
- error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
-
- tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 3));
- pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
-
- if (pxdbed)
- do_pxdb = 0;
- else
- error ("file debug header invalid\n");
- }
- else /*not pxdbed and doc OR not pxdbed and non doc */
- do_pxdb = 1;
- }
-
- if (do_pxdb)
- {
- return 1;
- }
- else
- {
- return 0;
- }
-} /* hpread_pxdb_needed */
-
-#endif
-
-/* Check whether the file needs to be preprocessed by pxdb.
- If so, call pxdb. */
-
-void
-do_pxdb (bfd *sym_bfd)
-{
- /* The following code is HP-specific. The "right" way of
- doing this is unknown, but we bet would involve a target-
- specific pre-file-load check using a generic mechanism. */
-
- /* This code will not be executed if the file is not in SOM
- format (i.e. if compiled with gcc) */
- if (hpread_pxdb_needed (sym_bfd))
- {
- /*This file has not been pre-processed. Preprocess now */
-
- if (hpread_call_pxdb (sym_bfd->filename))
- {
- /* The call above has changed the on-disk file,
- we can close the file anyway, because the
- symbols will be reread in when the target is run */
- bfd_close (sym_bfd);
- }
- }
-}
-\f
-
-
-#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
-
-/* Code to handle quick lookup-tables follows. */
-
-
-/* Some useful macros */
-#define VALID_FILE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
-#define VALID_MODULE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
-#define VALID_PROC(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
-#define VALID_CLASS(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
-
-#define FILE_START(i) (qFD[i].adrStart)
-#define MODULE_START(i) (qMD[i].adrStart)
-#define PROC_START(i) (qPD[i].adrStart)
-
-#define FILE_END(i) (qFD[i].adrEnd)
-#define MODULE_END(i) (qMD[i].adrEnd)
-#define PROC_END(i) (qPD[i].adrEnd)
-
-#define FILE_ISYM(i) (qFD[i].isym)
-#define MODULE_ISYM(i) (qMD[i].isym)
-#define PROC_ISYM(i) (qPD[i].isym)
-
-#define VALID_CURR_FILE (curr_fd < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
-#define VALID_CURR_MODULE (curr_md < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
-#define VALID_CURR_PROC (curr_pd < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
-#define VALID_CURR_CLASS (curr_cd < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
-
-#define CURR_FILE_START (qFD[curr_fd].adrStart)
-#define CURR_MODULE_START (qMD[curr_md].adrStart)
-#define CURR_PROC_START (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart)
-
-#define CURR_FILE_END (qFD[curr_fd].adrEnd)
-#define CURR_MODULE_END (qMD[curr_md].adrEnd)
-#define CURR_PROC_END (qPD[curr_pd].adrEnd)
-
-#define CURR_FILE_ISYM (qFD[curr_fd].isym)
-#define CURR_MODULE_ISYM (qMD[curr_md].isym)
-#define CURR_PROC_ISYM (qPD[curr_pd].isym)
-
-#define TELL_OBJFILE \
- do { \
- if( !told_objfile ) { \
- told_objfile = 1; \
- warning ("\nIn object file \"%s\":\n", \
- objfile->name); \
- } \
- } while (0)
-\f
-
-
-/* Keeping track of the start/end symbol table (LNTT) indices of
- psymtabs created so far */
-
-typedef struct
-{
- int start;
- int end;
-}
-pst_syms_struct;
-
-static pst_syms_struct *pst_syms_array = 0;
-
-static pst_syms_count = 0;
-static pst_syms_size = 0;
-
-/* used by the TELL_OBJFILE macro */
-static boolean told_objfile = 0;
-
-/* Set up psymtab symbol index stuff */
-static void
-init_pst_syms (void)
-{
- pst_syms_count = 0;
- pst_syms_size = 20;
- pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xmalloc (20 * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
-}
-
-/* Clean up psymtab symbol index stuff */
-static void
-clear_pst_syms (void)
-{
- pst_syms_count = 0;
- pst_syms_size = 0;
- xfree (pst_syms_array);
- pst_syms_array = 0;
-}
-
-/* Add information about latest psymtab to symbol index table */
-static void
-record_pst_syms (int start_sym, int end_sym)
-{
- if (++pst_syms_count > pst_syms_size)
- {
- pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xrealloc (pst_syms_array,
- 2 * pst_syms_size * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
- pst_syms_size *= 2;
- }
- pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].start = start_sym;
- pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end = end_sym;
-}
-
-/* Find a suitable symbol table index which can serve as the upper
- bound of a psymtab that starts at INDEX
-
- This scans backwards in the psymtab symbol index table to find a
- "hole" in which the given index can fit. This is a heuristic!!
- We don't search the entire table to check for multiple holes,
- we don't care about overlaps, etc.
-
- Return 0 => not found */
-static int
-find_next_pst_start (int index)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = pst_syms_count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
- if (pst_syms_array[i].end <= index)
- return (i == pst_syms_count - 1) ? 0 : pst_syms_array[i + 1].start - 1;
-
- if (pst_syms_array[0].start > index)
- return pst_syms_array[0].start - 1;
-
- return 0;
-}
-\f
-
-
-/* Utility functions to find the ending symbol index for a psymtab */
-
-/* Find the next file entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
- its starting symbol index - 1.
- QFD is the file table, CURR_FD is the file entry from where to start,
- PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
-
- Return 0 => not found */
-static int
-find_next_file_isym (int index, quick_file_entry *qFD, int curr_fd,
- PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
-{
- while (VALID_CURR_FILE)
- {
- if (CURR_FILE_ISYM >= index)
- return CURR_FILE_ISYM - 1;
- curr_fd++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Find the next procedure entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
- its starting symbol index - 1.
- QPD is the procedure table, CURR_PD is the proc entry from where to start,
- PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
-
- Return 0 => not found */
-static int
-find_next_proc_isym (int index, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int curr_pd,
- PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
-{
- while (VALID_CURR_PROC)
- {
- if (CURR_PROC_ISYM >= index)
- return CURR_PROC_ISYM - 1;
- curr_pd++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Find the next module entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
- its starting symbol index - 1.
- QMD is the module table, CURR_MD is the modue entry from where to start,
- PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
-
- Return 0 => not found */
-static int
-find_next_module_isym (int index, quick_module_entry *qMD, int curr_md,
- PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
-{
- while (VALID_CURR_MODULE)
- {
- if (CURR_MODULE_ISYM >= index)
- return CURR_MODULE_ISYM - 1;
- curr_md++;
- }
- return 0;
-}
-
-/* Scan and record partial symbols for all functions starting from index
- pointed to by CURR_PD_P, and between code addresses START_ADR and END_ADR.
- Other parameters are explained in comments below. */
-
-/* This used to be inline in hpread_quick_traverse, but now that we do
- essentially the same thing for two different cases (modules and
- module-less files), it's better organized in a separate routine,
- although it does take lots of arguments. pai/1997-10-08
-
- CURR_PD_P is the pointer to the current proc index. QPD is the
- procedure quick lookup table. MAX_PROCS is the number of entries
- in the proc. table. START_ADR is the beginning of the code range
- for the current psymtab. end_adr is the end of the code range for
- the current psymtab. PST is the current psymtab. VT_bits is
- a pointer to the strings table of SOM debug space. OBJFILE is
- the current object file. */
-
-static int
-scan_procs (int *curr_pd_p, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int max_procs,
- CORE_ADDR start_adr, CORE_ADDR end_adr, struct partial_symtab *pst,
- char *vt_bits, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- int symbol_count = 0; /* Total number of symbols in this psymtab */
- int curr_pd = *curr_pd_p; /* Convenience variable -- avoid dereferencing pointer all the time */
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine */
- static int dumping = 0;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Scan_procs called, addresses %x to %x, proc %x\n", start_adr, end_adr, curr_pd);
- }
-#endif
-
- while ((CURR_PROC_START <= end_adr) && (curr_pd < max_procs))
- {
-
- char *rtn_name; /* mangled name */
- char *rtn_dem_name; /* qualified demangled name */
- char *class_name;
- int class;
-
- if ((trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language) == language_cplus) &&
- vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]) /* not a null string */
- {
- /* Get mangled name for the procedure, and demangle it */
- rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias];
- rtn_dem_name = cplus_demangle (rtn_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
- }
- else
- {
- rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc];
- rtn_dem_name = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Hack to get around HP C/C++ compilers' insistence on providing
- "_MAIN_" as an alternate name for "main" */
- if ((strcmp (rtn_name, "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
- (strcmp (&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], "main") == 0))
- rtn_dem_name = rtn_name = main_string;
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("..add %s (demangled %s), index %x to this psymtab\n", rtn_name, rtn_dem_name, curr_pd);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Check for module-spanning routines. */
- if (CURR_PROC_END > end_adr)
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] spans file or module boundaries.", rtn_name, curr_pd);
- }
-
- /* Add this routine symbol to the list in the objfile.
- Unfortunately we have to go to the LNTT to determine the
- correct list to put it on. An alternative (which the
- code used to do) would be to not check and always throw
- it on the "static" list. But if we go that route, then
- symbol_lookup() needs to be tweaked a bit to account
- for the fact that the function might not be found on
- the correct list in the psymtab. - RT */
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (qPD[curr_pd].isym, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
- add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
- strlen (rtn_name),
- rtn_dem_name,
- strlen (rtn_dem_name),
- VAR_NAMESPACE,
- LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
- &objfile->global_psymbols,
- (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
- ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
- 0, /* core addr?? */
- trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
- objfile);
- else
- add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
- strlen (rtn_name),
- rtn_dem_name,
- strlen (rtn_dem_name),
- VAR_NAMESPACE,
- LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
- &objfile->static_psymbols,
- (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
- ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
- 0, /* core addr?? */
- trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
- objfile);
-
- symbol_count++;
- *curr_pd_p = ++curr_pd; /* bump up count & reflect in caller */
- } /* loop over procedures */
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- if (symbol_count == 0)
- printf ("Scan_procs: no symbols found!\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- return symbol_count;
-}
-
-
-/* Traverse the quick look-up tables, building a set of psymtabs.
-
- This constructs a psymtab for modules and files in the quick lookup
- tables.
-
- Mostly, modules correspond to compilation units, so we try to
- create psymtabs that correspond to modules; however, in some cases
- a file can result in a compiled object which does not have a module
- entry for it, so in such cases we create a psymtab for the file. */
-
-int
-hpread_quick_traverse (struct objfile *objfile, char *gntt_bits,
- char *vt_bits, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
-{
- struct partial_symtab *pst;
-
- char *addr;
-
- quick_procedure_entry *qPD;
- quick_file_entry *qFD;
- quick_module_entry *qMD;
- quick_class_entry *qCD;
-
- int idx;
- int i;
- CORE_ADDR start_adr; /* current psymtab's starting code addr */
- CORE_ADDR end_adr; /* current psymtab's ending code addr */
- CORE_ADDR next_mod_adr; /* next module's starting code addr */
- int curr_pd; /* current procedure */
- int curr_fd; /* current file */
- int curr_md; /* current module */
- int start_sym; /* current psymtab's starting symbol index */
- int end_sym; /* current psymtab's ending symbol index */
- int max_LNTT_sym_index;
- int syms_in_pst;
- B_TYPE *class_entered;
-
- struct partial_symbol **global_syms; /* We'll be filling in the "global" */
- struct partial_symbol **static_syms; /* and "static" tables in the objfile
- as we go, so we need a pair of
- current pointers. */
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine.
- You get a blow-by-blow account of quick lookup table reading */
- static int dumping = 0;
-#endif
-
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
-
- /* Clear out some globals */
- init_pst_syms ();
- told_objfile = 0;
-
- /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
- as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
- if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
- {
- /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
- set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
- }
-
- /* First we need to find the starting points of the quick
- look-up tables in the GNTT. */
-
- addr = gntt_bits;
-
- qPD = (quick_procedure_entry_ptr) addr;
- addr += pxdb_header_p->pd_entries * sizeof (quick_procedure_entry);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("\n Printing routines as we see them\n");
- for (i = 0; VALID_PROC (i); i++)
- {
- idx = (long) qPD[i].sbProc;
- printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
- (int) PROC_START (i),
- (int) PROC_END (i));
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- qFD = (quick_file_entry_ptr) addr;
- addr += pxdb_header_p->fd_entries * sizeof (quick_file_entry);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("\n Printing files as we see them\n");
- for (i = 0; VALID_FILE (i); i++)
- {
- idx = (long) qFD[i].sbFile;
- printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
- (int) FILE_START (i),
- (int) FILE_END (i));
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- qMD = (quick_module_entry_ptr) addr;
- addr += pxdb_header_p->md_entries * sizeof (quick_module_entry);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("\n Printing modules as we see them\n");
- for (i = 0; i < pxdb_header_p->md_entries; i++)
- {
- idx = (long) qMD[i].sbMod;
- printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
- }
- }
-#endif
-
- qCD = (quick_class_entry_ptr) addr;
- addr += pxdb_header_p->cd_entries * sizeof (quick_class_entry);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("\n Printing classes as we see them\n");
- for (i = 0; VALID_CLASS (i); i++)
- {
- idx = (long) qCD[i].sbClass;
- printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
- }
-
- printf ("\n Done with dump, on to build!\n");
- }
-#endif
-
- /* We need this index only while hp-symtab-read.c expects
- a byte offset to the end of the LNTT entries for a given
- psymtab. Thus the need for it should go away someday.
-
- When it goes away, then we won't have any need to load the
- LNTT from the objfile at psymtab-time, and start-up will be
- faster. To make that work, we'll need some way to create
- a null pst for the "globals" pseudo-module. */
- max_LNTT_sym_index = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
-
- /* Scan the module descriptors and make a psymtab for each.
-
- We know the MDs, FDs and the PDs are in order by starting
- address. We use that fact to traverse all three arrays in
- parallel, knowing when the next PD is in a new file
- and we need to create a new psymtab. */
- curr_pd = 0; /* Current procedure entry */
- curr_fd = 0; /* Current file entry */
- curr_md = 0; /* Current module entry */
-
- start_adr = 0; /* Current psymtab code range */
- end_adr = 0;
-
- start_sym = 0; /* Current psymtab symbol range */
- end_sym = 0;
-
- syms_in_pst = 0; /* Symbol count for psymtab */
-
- /* Psts actually just have pointers into the objfile's
- symbol table, not their own symbol tables. */
- global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.list;
- static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.list;
-
-
- /* First skip over pseudo-entries with address 0. These represent inlined
- routines and abstract (uninstantiated) template routines.
- FIXME: These should be read in and available -- even if we can't set
- breakpoints, etc., there's some information that can be presented
- to the user. pai/1997-10-08 */
-
- while (VALID_CURR_PROC && (CURR_PROC_START == 0))
- curr_pd++;
-
- /* Loop over files, modules, and procedures in code address order. Each
- time we enter an iteration of this loop, curr_pd points to the first
- unprocessed procedure, curr_fd points to the first unprocessed file, and
- curr_md to the first unprocessed module. Each iteration of this loop
- updates these as required -- any or all of them may be bumpd up
- each time around. When we exit this loop, we are done with all files
- and modules in the tables -- there may still be some procedures, however.
-
- Note: This code used to loop only over module entries, under the assumption
- that files can occur via inclusions and are thus unreliable, while a
- compiled object always corresponds to a module. With CTTI in the HP aCC
- compiler, it turns out that compiled objects may have only files and no
- modules; so we have to loop over files and modules, creating psymtabs for
- either as appropriate. Unfortunately there are some problems (notably:
- 1. the lack of "SRC_FILE_END" entries in the LNTT, 2. the lack of pointers
- to the ending symbol indices of a module or a file) which make it quite hard
- to do this correctly. Currently it uses a bunch of heuristics to start and
- end psymtabs; they seem to work well with most objects generated by aCC, but
- who knows when that will change... */
-
- while (VALID_CURR_FILE || VALID_CURR_MODULE)
- {
-
- char *mod_name_string;
- char *full_name_string;
-
- /* First check for modules like "version.c", which have no code
- in them but still have qMD entries. They also have no qFD or
- qPD entries. Their start address is -1 and their end address
- is 0. */
- if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) && (CURR_MODULE_END == 0))
- {
-
- mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- printf ("Module with data only %s\n", mod_name_string);
-#endif
-
- /* We'll skip the rest (it makes error-checking easier), and
- just make an empty pst. Right now empty psts are not put
- in the pst chain, so all this is for naught, but later it
- might help. */
-
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- mod_name_string,
- CURR_MODULE_START, /* Low text address: bogus! */
- (CURR_MODULE_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- /* ldsymoff */
- global_syms,
- static_syms);
-
- pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
- NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
- 0, /* includes_used */
- end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- /* byte index in LNTT of end
- = capping symbol offset
- = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
- 0, /* text high */
- NULL, /* dependency_list */
- 0); /* dependencies_used */
-
- global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
- static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
-
- curr_md++;
- }
- else if (VALID_CURR_MODULE &&
- ((CURR_MODULE_START == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) ||
- (CURR_MODULE_END == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_END == -1)))
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%s] has non-standard addresses. It starts at 0x%s, ends at 0x%s, and will be skipped.",
- mod_name_string, paddr_nz (curr_md), paddr_nz (start_adr), paddr_nz (end_adr));
- /* On to next module */
- curr_md++;
- }
- else
- {
- /* First check if we are looking at a file with code in it
- that does not overlap the current module's code range */
-
- if (VALID_CURR_FILE ? (VALID_CURR_MODULE ? (CURR_FILE_END < CURR_MODULE_START) : 1) : 0)
- {
-
- /* Looking at file not corresponding to any module,
- create a psymtab for it */
- full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
- start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
- end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
- start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
-
- /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
- begin before the start address of this file, and if so, adjust
- this module's start address to include them. This handles routines that
- are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
- indicates a compiler bug */
-
- if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
- &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
- start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
- if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
- start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
- }
-
- /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
- than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
- adjust accordingly */
-
- if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
- full_name_string, curr_fd);
- end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
- }
- if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md) && (CURR_MODULE_START <= end_adr))
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
- full_name_string, curr_fd);
- end_adr = CURR_MODULE_START - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
- }
-
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Make new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x).\n",
- full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr);
- }
-#endif
- /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
- for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
- to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
-
- The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
- of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
- turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
- And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
- the size of a union! FIXME! */
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- full_name_string,
- start_adr, /* Low text address */
- (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- /* ldsymoff */
- global_syms,
- static_syms);
-
- /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
- class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
- B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
-
- /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
- file, based on the starting addresses. */
-
- syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
- start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
-
- /* Get ending symbol offset */
-
- end_sym = 0;
- /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
- if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
- {
- end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
- }
- /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
- if (!end_sym)
- {
- int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
- int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md, pxdb_header_p);
- int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
-
- if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
- {
- /* pick lower of next file or module start index */
- end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
- }
- else
- {
- /* one of them is zero, pick the other */
- end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
- }
-
- /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
- if (!end_sym)
- end_sym = next_proc_isym;
- else
- end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
- }
-
- /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
- if (!end_sym)
- end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("File psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
- }
-#endif
-
- pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
- NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
- 0, /* includes_used */
- end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- /* byte index in LNTT of end
- = capping symbol offset
- = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
- end_adr, /* text high */
- NULL, /* dependency_list */
- 0); /* dependencies_used */
-
- record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
-
- if (NULL == pst)
- warning ("No symbols in psymtab for file \"%s\" [0x%x].", full_name_string, curr_fd);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Made new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
- full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_FILE_ISYM, end_sym);
- }
-#endif
- /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
- global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
- static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
- xfree (class_entered);
-
- curr_fd++;
- } /* Psymtab for file */
- else
- {
- /* We have a module for which we create a psymtab */
-
- mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
-
- /* We will include the code ranges of any files that happen to
- overlap with this module */
-
- /* So, first pick the lower of the file's and module's start addresses */
- start_adr = CURR_MODULE_START;
- if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
- {
- if (CURR_FILE_START < CURR_MODULE_START)
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses beginning of module \"%s\".",
- &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
- curr_fd, mod_name_string);
-
- start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
- }
- }
-
- /* Also pick the lower of the file's and the module's start symbol indices */
- start_sym = CURR_MODULE_ISYM;
- if (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_ISYM < CURR_MODULE_ISYM))
- start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
-
- /* For the end address, we scan through the files till we find one
- that overlaps the current module but ends beyond it; if no such file exists we
- simply use the module's start address.
- (Note, if file entries themselves overlap
- we take the longest overlapping extension beyond the end of the module...)
- We assume that modules never overlap. */
-
- end_adr = CURR_MODULE_END;
-
- if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
- {
- while (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_START < end_adr))
- {
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- printf ("Maybe skipping file %s which overlaps with module %s\n",
- &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], mod_name_string);
-#endif
- if (CURR_FILE_END > end_adr)
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses end of module \"%s\".",
- &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
- curr_fd, mod_name_string);
- end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
- }
- curr_fd++;
- }
- curr_fd--; /* back up after going too far */
- }
-
- /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
- than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
- adjust accordingly */
-
- if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md + 1) && (MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) <= end_adr))
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
- mod_name_string, curr_md);
- end_adr = MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
- }
- if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
- mod_name_string, curr_md);
- end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
- }
-
- /* Use one file to get the full name for the module. This
- situation can arise if there is executable code in a #include
- file. Each file with code in it gets a qFD. Files which don't
- contribute code don't get a qFD, even if they include files
- which do, e.g.:
-
- body.c: rtn.h:
- int x; int main() {
- #include "rtn.h" return x;
- }
-
- There will a qFD for "rtn.h",and a qMD for "body.c",
- but no qMD for "rtn.h" or qFD for "body.c"!
-
- We pick the name of the last file to overlap with this
- module. C convention is to put include files first. In a
- perfect world, we could check names and use the file whose full
- path name ends with the module name. */
-
- if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
- full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
- else
- full_name_string = mod_name_string;
-
- /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
- begin before the start address we have now, and if so, adjust
- this psymtab's start address to include them. This handles routines that
- are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
- indicates a compiler bug */
-
- if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
- {
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
- &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
- start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
- if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
- start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
- }
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Make new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), using file %s\n",
- mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, full_name_string);
- }
-#endif
- /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
- for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
- to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
-
- The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
- of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
- turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
- And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
- the size of a union! FIXME! */
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- full_name_string,
- start_adr, /* Low text address */
- (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- /* ldsymoff */
- global_syms,
- static_syms);
-
- /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
- class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
- B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
-
- /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
- module, based on the starting addresses. */
-
- syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
- start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
-
- /* Get ending symbol offset */
-
- end_sym = 0;
- /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
- if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
- {
- end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
- }
- /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
- if (!end_sym)
- {
- int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
- int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md + 1, pxdb_header_p);
- int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
-
- if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
- {
- /* pick lower of next file or module start index */
- end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
- }
- else
- {
- /* one of them is zero, pick the other */
- end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
- }
-
- /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
- if (!end_sym)
- end_sym = next_proc_isym;
- else
- end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
- }
-
- /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
- if (!end_sym)
- end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Module psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
- }
-#endif
-
- pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
- NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
- 0, /* includes_used */
- end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- /* byte index in LNTT of end
- = capping symbol offset
- = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
- end_adr, /* text high */
- NULL, /* dependency_list */
- 0); /* dependencies_used */
-
- record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
-
- if (NULL == pst)
- warning ("No symbols in psymtab for module \"%s\" [0x%x].", mod_name_string, curr_md);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Made new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
- mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_MODULE_ISYM, end_sym);
- }
-#endif
-
- /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
- global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
- static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
- xfree (class_entered);
-
- curr_md++;
- curr_fd++;
- } /* psymtab for module */
- } /* psymtab for non-bogus file or module */
- } /* End of while loop over all files & modules */
-
- /* There may be some routines after all files and modules -- these will get
- inserted in a separate new module of their own */
- if (VALID_CURR_PROC)
- {
- start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
- end_adr = qPD[pxdb_header_p->pd_entries - 1].adrEnd;
- TELL_OBJFILE;
- warning ("Found functions beyond end of all files and modules [0x%x].", curr_pd);
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("Orphan functions at end, PD %d and beyond (%x to %x)\n",
- curr_pd, start_adr, end_adr);
- }
-#endif
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "orphans",
- start_adr, /* Low text address */
- (CURR_PROC_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- /* ldsymoff */
- global_syms,
- static_syms);
-
- scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
- start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
-
- pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
- NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
- 0, /* includes_used */
- pxdb_header_p->globals * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- /* byte index in LNTT of end
- = capping symbol offset
- = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
- end_adr, /* text high */
- NULL, /* dependency_list */
- 0); /* dependencies_used */
- }
-
-
-#ifdef NEVER_NEVER
- /* Now build psts for non-module things (in the tail of
- the LNTT, after the last END MODULE entry).
-
- If null psts were kept on the chain, this would be
- a solution. FIXME */
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "globals",
- 0,
- (pxdb_header_p->globals
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
- NULL, 0,
- (max_LNTT_sym_index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- 0,
- NULL, 0);
-#endif
-
- clear_pst_syms ();
-
- return 1;
-
-} /* End of hpread_quick_traverse. */
-\f
-
-/* Get appropriate header, based on pxdb type.
- Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
-int
-hpread_get_header (struct objfile *objfile, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
-{
- asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- /* Turn on for debugging information */
- static int dumping = 0;
-#endif
-
- header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$HEADER$");
- if (!header_section)
- {
- /* We don't have either PINFO or DEBUG sections. But
- stuff like "libc.sl" has no debug info. There's no
- need to warn the user of this, as it may be ok. The
- caller will figure it out and issue any needed
- messages. */
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
-#endif
-
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* We would like either a $DEBUG$ or $PINFO$ section.
- Once we know which, we can understand the header
- data (which we have defined to suit the more common
- $DEBUG$ case). */
- debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$DEBUG$");
- pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$PINFO$");
- if (debug_section)
- {
- /* The expected case: normal pxdb header. */
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, header_section,
- pxdb_header_p, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header));
-
- if (!pxdb_header_p->pxdbed)
- {
- /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
- return 0;
- } /* DEBUG section */
- }
-
- else if (pinfo_section)
- {
- /* The DOC case; we need to translate this into a
- regular header. */
- DOC_info_PXDB_header doc_header;
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("==OOps, PINFO, let's try to handle this, %s.\n", objfile->name);
- }
-#endif
-
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd,
- header_section,
- &doc_header, 0,
- sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
-
- if (!doc_header.pxdbed)
- {
- /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
- warning ("File \"%s\" not processed by pxdb!", objfile->name);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Copy relevent fields to standard header passed in. */
- pxdb_header_p->pd_entries = doc_header.pd_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->fd_entries = doc_header.fd_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->md_entries = doc_header.md_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->pxdbed = doc_header.pxdbed;
- pxdb_header_p->bighdr = doc_header.bighdr;
- pxdb_header_p->sa_header = doc_header.sa_header;
- pxdb_header_p->inlined = doc_header.inlined;
- pxdb_header_p->globals = doc_header.globals;
- pxdb_header_p->time = doc_header.time;
- pxdb_header_p->pg_entries = doc_header.pg_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->functions = doc_header.functions;
- pxdb_header_p->files = doc_header.files;
- pxdb_header_p->cd_entries = doc_header.cd_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->aa_entries = doc_header.aa_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->oi_entries = doc_header.oi_entries;
- pxdb_header_p->version = doc_header.version;
- } /* PINFO section */
-
- else
- {
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
-#endif
-
- return 0;
-
- }
-
- return 1;
-} /* End of hpread_get_header */
-#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
-\f
-
-/* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE.
-
- Its only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private
- per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug
- sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data
- structures).
-
- Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent
- way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may
- be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols.
-
- FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment
- here. */
-void
-hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section;
-
- /* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */
- objfile->sym_private = (PTR)
- xmmalloc (objfile->md, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
- memset (objfile->sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
-
- /* We haven't read in any types yet. */
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0;
-
- /* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */
- gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$");
- if (!gntt_section)
- return;
-
- GNTT (objfile)
- = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
-
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
-
- GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
- = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)
- / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
-
- /* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number
- of LNTT symbols.
-
- FIXME: this could be moved into the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
- code, and save startup time. At the moment this data is
- still used, though. We'd need a way to tell hp-symtab-read.c
- whether or not to load the LNTT. */
- lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$");
- if (!lntt_section)
- return;
-
- LNTT (objfile)
- = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
-
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
-
- LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
- = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)
- / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
-
- /* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information
- on source line numbers. */
- slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$");
- if (!slt_section)
- return;
-
- SLT (objfile) =
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
-
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
-
- /* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like
- names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */
- vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$");
- if (!vt_section)
- return;
-
- VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section);
-
- VT (objfile) =
- (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- VT_SIZE (objfile));
-
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile),
- 0, VT_SIZE (objfile));
-}
-
-/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
-
- The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been
- read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the
- native debugging information.
-
- Note that the minimal table is produced by the linker, and has
- only global routines in it; the psymtab is based on compiler-
- generated debug information and has non-global
- routines in it as well as files and class information.
-
- We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the
- symbol reader's private data structures.
-
- MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol table (as
- opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */
-
-void
-hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline)
-{
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- /* Turn this on to get debugging output. */
- static int dumping = 0;
-#endif
-
- char *namestring;
- int past_first_source_file = 0;
- struct cleanup *old_chain;
-
- int hp_symnum, symcount, i;
- int scan_start = 0;
-
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- unsigned long valu;
- char *p;
- int texthigh = 0;
- int have_name = 0;
-
- /* Current partial symtab */
- struct partial_symtab *pst;
-
- /* List of current psymtab's include files */
- char **psymtab_include_list;
- int includes_allocated;
- int includes_used;
-
- /* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
- struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
- int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
-
- /* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */
- free_pending_blocks ();
- make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
-
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
-
- /* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids
- a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes
- in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */
-
- includes_allocated = 30;
- includes_used = 0;
- psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
- sizeof (char *));
-
- dependencies_allocated = 30;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- dependency_list =
- (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
- sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
-
- old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile);
-
- last_source_file = 0;
-
-#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
- {
- /* Begin code for new-style loading of quick look-up tables. */
-
- /* elz: this checks whether the file has beeen processed by pxdb.
- If not we would like to try to read the psymbols in
- anyway, but it turns out to be not so easy. So this could
- actually be commented out, but I leave it in, just in case
- we decide to add support for non-pxdb-ed stuff in the future. */
- PXDB_header pxdb_header;
- int found_modules_in_program;
-
- if (hpread_get_header (objfile, &pxdb_header))
- {
- /* Build a minimal table. No types, no global variables,
- no include files.... */
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- printf ("\nNew method for %s\n", objfile->name);
-#endif
-
- /* elz: quick_traverse returns true if it found
- some modules in the main source file, other
- than those in end.c
- In C and C++, all the files have MODULES entries
- in the LNTT, and the quick table traverse is all
- based on finding these MODULES entries. Without
- those it cannot work.
- It happens that F77 programs don't have MODULES
- so the quick traverse gets confused. F90 programs
- have modules, and the quick method still works.
- So, if modules (other than those in end.c) are
- not found we give up on the quick table stuff,
- and fall back on the slower method */
- found_modules_in_program = hpread_quick_traverse (objfile,
- GNTT (objfile),
- VT (objfile),
- &pxdb_header);
-
- discard_cleanups (old_chain);
-
- /* Set up to scan the global section of the LNTT.
-
- This field is not always correct: if there are
- no globals, it will point to the last record in
- the regular LNTT, which is usually an END MODULE.
-
- Since it might happen that there could be a file
- with just one global record, there's no way to
- tell other than by looking at the record, so that's
- done below. */
- if (found_modules_in_program)
- scan_start = pxdb_header.globals;
- }
-#ifdef DUMPING
- else
- {
- if (dumping)
- printf ("\nGoing on to old method for %s\n", objfile->name);
- }
-#endif
- }
-#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
-
- /* Make two passes, one over the GNTT symbols, the other for the
- LNTT symbols.
-
- JB comment: above isn't true--they only make one pass, over
- the LNTT. */
- for (i = 0; i < 1; i++)
- {
- int within_function = 0;
-
- if (i)
- symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
- else
- symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
-
-
- for (hp_symnum = scan_start; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++)
- {
- QUIT;
- if (i)
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
- else
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
-
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
-
- /* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols.
- everything else is ignored. */
- switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- {
-#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
- if (scan_start == hp_symnum
- && symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
- {
- /* If there are NO globals in an executable,
- PXDB's index to the globals will point to
- the last record in the file, which
- could be this record. (this happened for F77 libraries)
- ignore it and be done! */
- continue;
- }
-#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
-
- /* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply
- be an included file. */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
-
- /* Check if this is the source file we are already working
- with. */
- if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename))
- continue;
-
- /* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have
- already seen it. Add it to the include list */
- p = strrchr (namestring, '.');
- if (!strcmp (p, ".h"))
- {
- int j, found;
-
- found = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++)
- if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j]))
- {
- found = 1;
- break;
- }
- if (found)
- continue;
-
- /* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and
- allocate more include space if necessary. */
- psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
- if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
- {
- char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
-
- psymtab_include_list = (char **)
- alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
- sizeof (char *));
- memcpy ((PTR) psymtab_include_list, (PTR) orig,
- includes_used * sizeof (char *));
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- if (pst)
- {
- if (!have_name)
- {
- pst->filename = (char *)
- obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- strlen (namestring) + 1);
- strcpy (pst->filename, namestring);
- have_name = 1;
- continue;
- }
- continue;
- }
-
- /* This is a bonafide new source file.
- End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */
-
- if (pst && past_first_source_file)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list,
- includes_used,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- texthigh,
- dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
- includes_used = 0;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- }
- else
- past_first_source_file = 1;
-
- valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
- valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- namestring, valu,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- texthigh = valu;
- have_name = 1;
- continue;
- }
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the
- real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE
- is supposed to be. */
-
- /* First end the previous psymtab */
- if (pst)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
- ((hp_symnum - 1)
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- texthigh,
- dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
- includes_used = 0;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- have_name = 0;
- }
-
- /* Now begin a new module and a new psymtab for it */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
- valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- namestring, valu,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- texthigh = valu;
- have_name = 0;
- }
- continue;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- /* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote
- a secondary entry point. */
- valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
- SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- if (valu > texthigh)
- texthigh = valu;
- valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr +
- ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
- &objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- else
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
- &objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- within_function = 1;
- continue;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
- valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
- SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- if (valu > texthigh)
- texthigh = valu;
- valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr +
- ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
- &objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- else
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
- &objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- within_function = 1;
- continue;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- /* We don't check MODULE end here, because there can be
- symbols beyond the module end which properly belong to the
- current psymtab -- so we wait till the next MODULE start */
-
-
-#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
- if (scan_start == hp_symnum
- && symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
- {
- /* If there are NO globals in an executable,
- PXDB's index to the globals will point to
- the last record in the file, which is
- probably an END MODULE, i.e. this record.
- ignore it and be done! */
- continue;
- }
-#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
-
- /* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function
- and file blocks right now. */
-
- if ((dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
- (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
- within_function = 0;
- continue;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- {
- /* Variables, typedefs an the like. */
- enum address_class storage;
- namespace_enum namespace;
-
- /* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */
- if (within_function
- && (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR
- || dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR))
- continue;
-
- /* TAGDEFs go into the structure namespace. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
- namespace = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
- else
- namespace = VAR_NAMESPACE;
-
- /* What kind of "storage" does this use? */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
- storage = LOC_STATIC;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR
- && dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
- storage = LOC_REGISTER;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
- storage = LOC_LOCAL;
- else
- storage = LOC_UNDEF;
-
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "globals", 0,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- }
-
- /* Compute address of the data symbol */
- valu = dn_bufp->dsvar.location;
- /* Relocate in case it's in a shared library */
- if (storage == LOC_STATIC)
- valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
-
- /* Luckily, dvar, svar, typedef, and tagdef all
- have their "global" bit in the same place, so it works
- (though it's bad programming practice) to reference
- "dsvar.global" even though we may be looking at
- any of the above four types. */
- if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- namespace, storage,
- &objfile->global_psymbols,
- valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
- else
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- namespace, storage,
- &objfile->static_psymbols,
- valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
-
- /* For TAGDEF's, the above code added the tagname to the
- struct namespace. This will cause tag "t" to be found
- on a reference of the form "(struct t) x". But for
- C++ classes, "t" will also be a typename, which we
- want to find on a reference of the form "ptype t".
- Therefore, we also add "t" to the var namespace.
- Do the same for enum's due to the way aCC generates
- debug info for these (see more extended comment
- in hp-symtab-read.c).
- We do the same for templates, so that "ptype t"
- where "t" is a template also works. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF &&
- dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
- {
- int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
- /* Look ahead to see if it's a C++ class */
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- if (global)
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
- &objfile->global_psymbols,
- dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
- else
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
- &objfile->static_psymbols,
- dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
- }
- }
- }
- continue;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- /* Constants and members of enumerated types. */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "globals", 0,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- }
- if (dn_bufp->dconst.global)
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
- &objfile->global_psymbols, 0,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- else
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
- &objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- continue;
- default:
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* End any pending partial symbol table. */
- if (pst)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
- hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- 0, dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- }
-
- discard_cleanups (old_chain);
-}
-
-/* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular
- objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information
- for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the
- objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */
-
-void
-hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- if (objfile->sym_private != NULL)
- {
- xmfree (objfile->md, objfile->sym_private);
- }
-}
-\f
-
-/* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */
-
-/* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */
-
-union dnttentry *
-hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- return (union dnttentry *)
- &(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
-}
-
-static union dnttentry *
-hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- return (union dnttentry *)
- &(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
-}
-
-union sltentry *
-hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]);
-}
-
-/* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start
- of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not
- stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we
- must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */
-
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile,
- int symcount)
-{
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
-
- /* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */
- if (index < symcount) /* symcount is the number of symbols in */
- { /* the dbinfo, LNTT table */
- do
- {
- if (global)
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile);
- else
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile);
- }
- while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION
- && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION
- && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END
- && index < symcount);
- }
-
- /* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This
- might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END)
- return 0;
-
- /* Avoid going past the end of the LNTT file */
- if (index == symcount)
- return 0;
-
- /* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION)
- msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
- objfile);
- else /* must be a DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION */
- msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
- objfile);
-
- if (msymbol)
- return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
- else
- return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr;
-}
-
-/* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be
- completely filled at the end of the symbol list.
-
- SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR
- is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0
- (normal). */
-
-static struct partial_symtab *
-hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename,
- CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff,
- struct partial_symbol **global_syms,
- struct partial_symbol **static_syms)
-{
- int offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- extern void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab ();
- struct partial_symtab *result =
- start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
- filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms);
-
- result->textlow += offset;
- result->read_symtab_private = (char *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc));
- LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff;
- result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab;
-
- return result;
-}
-\f
-
-/* Close off the current usage of PST.
- Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away.
-
- capping_symbol_offset --Byte index in LNTT or GNTT of the
- last symbol processed during the build
- of the previous pst.
-
- FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */
-
-static struct partial_symtab *
-hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list,
- int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset,
- CORE_ADDR capping_text,
- struct partial_symtab **dependency_list,
- int number_dependencies)
-{
- int i;
- struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile;
- int offset = ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- /* Turn on to see what kind of a psymtab we've built. */
- static int dumping = 0;
-#endif
-
- if (capping_symbol_offset != -1)
- LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst);
- else
- LDSYMLEN (pst) = 0;
- pst->texthigh = capping_text + offset;
-
- pst->n_global_syms =
- objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset);
- pst->n_static_syms =
- objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
-
-#ifdef DUMPING
- if (dumping)
- {
- printf ("\nPst %s, LDSYMOFF %x (%x), LDSYMLEN %x (%x), globals %d, statics %d\n",
- pst->filename,
- LDSYMOFF (pst),
- LDSYMOFF (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- LDSYMLEN (pst),
- LDSYMLEN (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- pst->n_global_syms, pst->n_static_syms);
- }
-#endif
-
- pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies;
- if (number_dependencies)
- {
- pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list,
- number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- }
- else
- pst->dependencies = 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++)
- {
- struct partial_symtab *subpst =
- allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile);
-
- subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets;
- subpst->read_symtab_private =
- (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symloc));
- LDSYMOFF (subpst) =
- LDSYMLEN (subpst) =
- subpst->textlow =
- subpst->texthigh = 0;
-
- /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these,
- shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */
- subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- subpst->dependencies[0] = pst;
- subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1;
-
- subpst->globals_offset =
- subpst->n_global_syms =
- subpst->statics_offset =
- subpst->n_static_syms = 0;
-
- subpst->readin = 0;
- subpst->symtab = 0;
- subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab;
- }
-
- sort_pst_symbols (pst);
-
- /* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it.
- (If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.)
- This happens in VxWorks. */
- free_named_symtabs (pst->filename);
-
- if (num_includes == 0
- && number_dependencies == 0
- && pst->n_global_syms == 0
- && pst->n_static_syms == 0)
- {
- /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since
- it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list.
- Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have
- any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check
- is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else
- is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing
- things down might be tricky.
- It's also wrong if we're using the quick look-up tables, as
- we can get empty psymtabs from modules with no routines in
- them. */
-
- discard_psymtab (pst);
-
- /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL;
-
- }
- return pst;
-}
-
-
-/* End of hp-psymtab-read.c */
-
-/* Set indentation to 4 spaces for Emacs; this file is
- mostly non-GNU-ish in its style :-( */
-#if 0
-***Local Variables:
-***c - basic - offset:4
-*** End:
-#endif
+++ /dev/null
-/* Read hp debug symbols and convert to internal format, for GDB.
- Copyright 1993, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002
- Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- This file is part of GDB.
-
- This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- (at your option) any later version.
-
- This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- GNU General Public License for more details.
-
- You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
- Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
- Written by the Center for Software Science at the University of Utah
- and by Cygnus Support. */
-
-/* Common include for hp-symtab-read.c and hp-psymtab-read.c.
- * Note this has nested includes for a bunch of stuff.
- */
-#include "defs.h"
-#include "symtab.h"
-#include "gdbtypes.h"
-#include "hpread.h"
-#include "demangle.h"
-#include "complaints.h"
-\f
-
-
-
-static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint =
-{
- "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON/DNTT_TYPE_END.\n", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_type_complaint =
-{
- "hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_struct_complaint =
-{
- "hpread_read_struct_type: expected SVAR type...", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_array_complaint =
-{
- "error in hpread_array_type.", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_type_lookup_complaint =
-{
- "error in hpread_type_lookup().", 0, 0
-};
-
-
-static struct complaint hpread_unexpected_end_complaint =
-{
- "internal error in hp-symtab-read.c: Unexpected DNTT_TYPE_END kind.", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_tagdef_complaint =
-{
- "error processing class tagdef", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_common_complaint =
-{
- "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON.", 0, 0
-};
-
-static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint =
-{
- "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA.", 0, 0
-};
-
-
-/* Forward procedure declarations */
-
-static unsigned long hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *);
-
-void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *);
-
-static struct symtab *hpread_expand_symtab
- (struct objfile *, int, int, CORE_ADDR, int,
- struct section_offsets *, char *);
-
-static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer);
-
-static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_function_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_doc_function_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *, int);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_templ_arg_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, char *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_set_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_array_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile);
-
-static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-
-static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
-
-static sltpointer hpread_record_lines
- (struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR);
-
-static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol
- (union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *,
- struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int, int *);
-
-static int hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
-
-static void fix_static_member_physnames
- (struct type *, char *, struct objfile *);
-
-static void fixup_class_method_type
- (struct type *, struct type *, struct objfile *);
-
-static void hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *, int);
-
-static dnttpointer hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions
- (int, dnttpointer, union dnttentry **, struct objfile *);
-
-/* Global to indicate presence of HP-compiled objects,
- in particular, SOM executable file with SOM debug info
- Defined in symtab.c, used in hppa-tdep.c. */
-extern int hp_som_som_object_present;
-
-/* Static used to indicate a class type that requires a
- fix-up of one of its method types */
-static struct type *fixup_class = NULL;
-
-/* Static used to indicate the method type that is to be
- used to fix-up the type for fixup_class */
-static struct type *fixup_method = NULL;
-\f
-
-
-/* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */
-
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
-
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index;
-}
-
-/* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */
-
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
-
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->snorm.line;
-}
-
-/* Find the code address associated with a given sltpointer */
-
-static CORE_ADDR
-hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
- int i;
-
- /* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
-
- if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END)
- {
- /* find previous normal sltentry and get address */
- for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile);
- if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
- return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
- else
- return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
- }
-
- /* find next normal sltentry and get address */
- for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile);
- if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
- return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
- else
- return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
-}
-\f
-
-/* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with
- * it, else return 0. (This function is not currently used, but I'll
- * leave it here in case it proves useful later on. - RT).
- */
-
-int
-hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind)
-{
- switch (kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
- case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
- return 1;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
- case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
- case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
- case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
- /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC ? */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE ? */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT ? */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN ? */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST ? */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS ? */
- default:
- return 0;
- }
-}
-
-/* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol
- table. */
-
-static void
-hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst)
-{
- struct cleanup *old_chain;
- int i;
-
- /* Get out quick if passed junk. */
- if (!pst)
- return;
-
- /* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */
- if (pst->readin)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
- pst->filename);
- return;
- }
-
- /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */
- for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
- if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
- {
- /* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */
- if (info_verbose)
- {
- fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
- wrap_here ("");
- fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
- wrap_here ("");
- printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
- wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
- gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
- }
- hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]);
- }
-
- /* If it's real... */
- if (LDSYMLEN (pst))
- {
- /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */
- buildsym_init ();
- old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
-
- pst->symtab =
- hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst),
- pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow,
- pst->section_offsets, pst->filename);
- sort_symtab_syms (pst->symtab);
-
- do_cleanups (old_chain);
- }
-
- pst->readin = 1;
-}
-
-/* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real.
- Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */
-
-void
-hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
-{
- /* Get out quick if given junk. */
- if (!pst)
- return;
-
- /* Sanity check. */
- if (pst->readin)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
- pst->filename);
- return;
- }
-
- /* elz: setting the flag to indicate that the code of the target
- was compiled using an HP compiler (aCC, cc)
- the processing_acc_compilation variable is declared in the
- file buildsym.h, the HP_COMPILED_TARGET is defined to be equal
- to 3 in the file tm_hppa.h */
-
- processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
-
- if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies)
- {
- /* Print the message now, before reading the string table,
- to avoid disconcerting pauses. */
- if (info_verbose)
- {
- printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename);
- gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
- }
-
- hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst);
-
- /* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
- after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
- scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
-
- /* Finish up the debug error message. */
- if (info_verbose)
- printf_filtered ("done.\n");
- }
-}
-
-/* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.
-
- DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the
- beginning of the symtab
- SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of
- the beginning of the symbols we want to read
- SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in.
- TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for
- TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in.
- SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */
-
-static struct symtab *
-hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size,
- CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size,
- struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename)
-{
- char *namestring;
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- unsigned max_symnum;
- int at_module_boundary = 0;
- /* 1 => at end, -1 => at beginning */
-
- int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
-
- current_objfile = objfile;
- subfile_stack = 0;
-
- last_source_file = 0;
-
- /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
- as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
- if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
- {
- /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
- set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
- }
-
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile);
- if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) ||
- (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE)))
- {
- start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0);
- record_debugformat ("HP");
- }
-
- /* The psymtab builder (hp-psymtab-read.c) is the one that
- * determined the "sym_size" argument (i.e. how many DNTT symbols
- * are in this symtab), which we use to compute "max_symnum"
- * (point in DNTT to which we read).
- *
- * Perhaps this should be changed so that
- * process_one_debug_symbol() "knows" when
- * to stop reading (based on reading from the MODULE to the matching
- * END), and take out this reliance on a #-syms being passed in...
- * (I'm worried about the reliability of this number). But I'll
- * leave it as-is, for now. - RT
- *
- * The change above has been made. I've left the "for" loop control
- * in to prepare for backing this out again. -JB
- */
- max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
- /* No reason to multiply on pst side and divide on sym side... FIXME */
-
- /* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range.
- */
- for (symnum = 0;
- symnum < max_symnum;
- symnum++)
- {
- QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile);
-
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
-
- /* Yow! We call SET_NAMESTRING on things without names! */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
-
- hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets,
- objfile, text_offset, text_size,
- filename, symnum + sym_index,
- &at_module_boundary
- );
-
- /* OLD COMMENTS: This routine is only called for psts. All psts
- * correspond to MODULES. If we ever do lazy-reading of globals
- * from the LNTT, then there will be a pst which ends when the
- * LNTT ends, and not at an END MODULE entry. Then we'll have
- * to re-visit this break.
-
- if( at_end_of_module )
- break;
-
- */
-
- /* We no longer break out of the loop when we reach the end of a
- module. The reason is that with CTTI, the compiler can generate
- function symbols (for template function instantiations) which are not
- in any module; typically they show up beyond a module's end, and
- before the next module's start. We include them in the current
- module. However, we still don't trust the MAX_SYMNUM value from
- the psymtab, so we break out if we enter a new module. */
-
- if (at_module_boundary == -1)
- break;
- }
-
- current_objfile = NULL;
- hp_som_som_object_present = 1; /* Indicate we've processed an HP SOM SOM file */
-
- return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
-}
-\f
-
-
-
-/* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */
-
-static int
-hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep)
-{
- if (!typep.dntti.immediate)
- {
- error ("error in hpread_type_translate\n.");
- return FT_VOID;
- }
-
- switch (typep.dntti.type)
- {
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT:
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT:
- return FT_BOOLEAN;
- case HP_TYPE_CHAR: /* C signed char, C++ plain char */
-
- case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
- return FT_CHAR;
- case HP_TYPE_INT:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char */
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_INTEGER;
- return FT_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_LONG:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char. */
- return FT_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; /* C/C++ unsigned char */
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG;
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER;
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_REAL:
- case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000:
- case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64)
- return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
- return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT;
- return FT_FLOAT;
- case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX:
- case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
- return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192)
- return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX;
- return FT_COMPLEX;
- case HP_TYPE_VOID:
- return FT_VOID;
- case HP_TYPE_STRING200:
- case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC:
- case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC:
- case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT:
- return FT_STRING;
- case HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
- return FT_TEMPLATE_ARG;
- case HP_TYPE_TEXT:
- case HP_TYPE_FLABEL:
- case HP_TYPE_PACKED_DECIMAL:
- case HP_TYPE_ANYPOINTER:
- case HP_TYPE_GLOBAL_ANYPOINTER:
- case HP_TYPE_LOCAL_ANYPOINTER:
- default:
- warning ("hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.\n");
- return FT_VOID;
- }
-}
-
-/* Given a position in the DNTT, return a pointer to the
- * already-built "struct type" (if any), for the type defined
- * at that position.
- */
-
-static struct type **
-hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- unsigned old_len;
- int index = hp_type.dnttp.index;
- int size_changed = 0;
-
- /* The immediate flag indicates this doesn't actually point to
- * a type DNTT.
- */
- if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
- return NULL;
-
- /* For each objfile, we maintain a "type vector".
- * This an array of "struct type *"'s with one pointer per DNTT index.
- * Given a DNTT index, we look in this array to see if we have
- * already processed this DNTT and if it is a type definition.
- * If so, then we can locate a pointer to the already-built
- * "struct type", and not build it again.
- *
- * The need for this arises because our DNTT-walking code wanders
- * around. In particular, it will encounter the same type multiple
- * times (once for each object of that type). We don't want to
- * built multiple "struct type"'s for the same thing.
- *
- * Having said this, I should point out that this type-vector is
- * an expensive way to keep track of this. If most DNTT entries are
- * 3 words, the type-vector will be 1/3 the size of the DNTT itself.
- * Alternative solutions:
- * - Keep a compressed or hashed table. Less memory, but more expensive
- * to search and update.
- * - (Suggested by JB): Overwrite the DNTT entry itself
- * with the info. Create a new type code "ALREADY_BUILT", and modify
- * the DNTT to have that type code and point to the already-built entry.
- * -RT
- */
-
- if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
- {
- if (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
- {
- old_len = TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile);
-
- /* See if we need to allocate a type-vector. */
- if (old_len == 0)
- {
- TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) + GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
- xmmalloc (objfile->md, TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *));
- memset (&TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
- (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
- sizeof (struct type *));
- }
-
- /* See if we need to resize type-vector. With my change to
- * initially allocate a correct-size type-vector, this code
- * should no longer trigger.
- */
- while (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
- {
- TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2;
- size_changed = 1;
- }
- if (size_changed)
- {
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
- xmrealloc (objfile->md,
- (char *) TYPE_VECTOR (objfile),
- (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)));
-
- memset (&TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
- (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
- sizeof (struct type *));
- }
-
- }
- return &TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index];
- }
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE.
- Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already
- have it lying around. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type **type_addr;
-
- type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (*type_addr == 0)
- {
- *type_addr = alloc_type (objfile);
-
- /* A hack - if we really are a C++ class symbol, then this default
- * will get overriden later on.
- */
- TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr)
- = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
- }
-
- return *type_addr;
-}
-
-/* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type *type;
- struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms;
- struct pending *local_list = NULL;
- int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0;
- dnttpointer mem;
- union dnttentry *memp;
- char *name;
- long n;
- struct symbol *sym;
-
- /* Allocate a GDB type. If we've already read in this enum type,
- * it'll return the already built GDB type, so stop here.
- * (Note: I added this check, to conform with what's done for
- * struct, union, class.
- * I assume this is OK. - RT)
- */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
- return type;
-
- /* HP C supports "sized enums", where a specifier such as "short" or
- "char" can be used to get enums of different sizes. So don't assume
- an enum is always 4 bytes long. pai/1997-08-21 */
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->denum.bitlength / 8;
-
- symlist = &file_symbols;
- osyms = *symlist;
- o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0;
-
- /* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members.
- * The list of "mem" SOM records we are walking should all be
- * SOM type DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM (not checked).
- */
- mem = dn_bufp->denum.firstmem;
- while (mem.word && mem.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- memp = hpread_get_lntt (mem.dnttp.index, objfile);
-
- name = VT (objfile) + memp->dmember.name;
- sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symbol));
- memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
- &objfile->symbol_obstack);
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = memp->dmember.value;
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist);
- nsyms++;
- mem = memp->dmember.nextmem;
- }
-
- /* Now that we know more about the enum, fill in more info. */
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ENUM;
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
-
- /* Find the symbols for the members and put them into the type.
- The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on
- to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value
- of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us.
-
- Note that we preserve the order of the enum constants, so
- that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
- FOO, not LAST_THING. */
- for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
- {
- int j = 0;
- if (syms == osyms)
- j = o_nsyms;
- for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
- {
- struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
- SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym) = type;
- TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
- }
- if (syms == osyms)
- break;
- }
-
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
-{
- struct type *type, *type1;
- struct pending *syms;
- struct pending *local_list = NULL;
- int nsyms = 0;
- dnttpointer param;
- union dnttentry *paramp;
- char *name;
- long n;
- struct symbol *sym;
- int record_args = 1;
-
- /* See if we've already read in this type. */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
- {
- record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
- type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval,
- objfile));
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
- type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval,
- objfile));
- else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
- type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc_template.retval,
- objfile));
- memcpy ((char *) type, (char *) type1, sizeof (struct type));
-
- /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
- }
-
- /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
- wealth of other information. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
- param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
- param = dn_bufp->dfunctype.firstparam;
- else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
- param = dn_bufp->dfunc_template.firstparam;
- while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
- nsyms++;
- param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam;
-
- /* Get the name. */
- name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name;
- sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symbol));
- (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
- &objfile->symbol_obstack);
-
- /* Figure out where it lives. */
- if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
- else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
- else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
- {
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
- += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
-#endif
- /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
- Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
- /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
- C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
- to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
- allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
- */
-#if 0
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
-#endif
- }
- else
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-
- /* Get its type. */
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
- /* Add it to the symbol list. */
- /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
- * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
- * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
- * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
- * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
- * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
- * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
- */
- /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
- each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
- local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
- global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
- /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
- this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
- function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
- Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
- this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
- a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
- same global symbol list would not work!
- Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do
- not check the parameter lists of the arguments. */
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
-
- }
-
- /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
- the type struct */
- if (!record_args)
- goto finish;
-
- /* Note how many parameters we found. */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
-
- /* Find the symbols for the parameters and
- use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
- The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
- /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
- that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
- FOO, not LAST_THING. */
-
- /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
- so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
- have function as parameters */
- for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
- {
- int j = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
- {
- struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
- TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
- TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
- }
- }
- /* Mark it as having been processed */
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
-
- /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
- if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
- {
- fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
- fixup_class = NULL;
- fixup_method = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
- to our local list. Do this only if this function was
- called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
- simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
- invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
-finish:
- if (newblock)
- param_symbols = local_list;
-
- return type;
-}
-
-
-/* Read and internalize a native DOC function debug symbol. */
-/* This is almost identical to hpread_read_function_type(), except
- * for references to dn_bufp->ddocfunc instead of db_bufp->dfunc.
- * Since debug information for DOC functions is more likely to be
- * volatile, please leave it this way.
- */
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_doc_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
-{
- struct type *type, *type1;
- struct pending *syms;
- struct pending *local_list = NULL;
- int nsyms = 0;
- dnttpointer param;
- union dnttentry *paramp;
- char *name;
- long n;
- struct symbol *sym;
- int record_args = 1;
-
- /* See if we've already read in this type. */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
- {
- record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
- }
- else
- {
- /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
- type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.retval,
- objfile));
- memcpy ((char *) type, (char *) type1, sizeof (struct type));
-
- /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
- }
-
- /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
- wealth of other information. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
- param = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.firstparam;
- while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
- nsyms++;
- param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam;
-
- /* Get the name. */
- name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name;
- sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symbol));
- (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name;
-
- /* Figure out where it lives. */
- if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
- else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
- else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
- {
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
- += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
-#endif
- /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
- Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
- /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
- C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
- to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
- allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
- */
-#if 0
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
-#endif
- }
- else
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-
- /* Get its type. */
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
- /* Add it to the symbol list. */
- /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
- * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
- * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
- * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
- * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
- * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
- * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
- */
- /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
- each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
- local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
- global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
-
- /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
- this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
- function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
- Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
- this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
- a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
- same global symbol list would not work!
- Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do not check the
- parameter lists of the arguments. */
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
- }
-
- /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
- the type struct */
- if (!record_args)
- goto finish;
-
- /* Note how many parameters we found. */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
-
- /* Find the symbols for the parameters and
- use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
- The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
- /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
- that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
- FOO, not LAST_THING. */
-
- /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
- so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
- have function as parameters
- */
- for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
- {
- int j = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
- {
- struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
- TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
- TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
- }
- }
-
- /* Mark it as having been processed */
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
-
- /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
- if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
- {
- fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
- fixup_class = NULL;
- fixup_method = NULL;
- }
-
- /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
- to our local list. Do this only if this function was
- called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
- simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
- invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
-finish:
- if (newblock)
- param_symbols = local_list;
-
- return type;
-}
-
-
-
-/* A file-level variable which keeps track of the current-template
- * being processed. Set in hpread_read_struct_type() while processing
- * a template type. Referred to in hpread_get_nth_templ_arg().
- * Yes, this is a kludge, but it arises from the kludge that already
- * exists in symtab.h, namely the fact that they encode
- * "template argument n" with fundamental type FT_TEMPLATE_ARG and
- * bitlength n. This means that deep in processing fundamental types
- * I need to ask the question "what template am I in the middle of?".
- * The alternative to stuffing a global would be to pass an argument
- * down the chain of calls just for this purpose.
- *
- * There may be problems handling nested templates... tough.
- */
-static struct type *current_template = NULL;
-
-/* Read in and internalize a structure definition.
- * This same routine is called for struct, union, and class types.
- * Also called for templates, since they build a very similar
- * type entry as for class types.
- */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- /* The data members get linked together into a list of struct nextfield's */
- struct nextfield
- {
- struct nextfield *next;
- struct field field;
- unsigned char attributes; /* store visibility and virtuality info */
-#define ATTR_VIRTUAL 1
-#define ATTR_PRIVATE 2
-#define ATTR_PROTECT 3
- };
-
-
- /* The methods get linked together into a list of struct next_fn_field's */
- struct next_fn_field
- {
- struct next_fn_field *next;
- struct fn_fieldlist field;
- struct fn_field fn_field;
- int num_fn_fields;
- };
-
- /* The template args get linked together into a list of struct next_template's */
- struct next_template
- {
- struct next_template *next;
- struct template_arg arg;
- };
-
- /* The template instantiations get linked together into a list of these... */
- struct next_instantiation
- {
- struct next_instantiation *next;
- struct type *t;
- };
-
- struct type *type;
- struct type *baseclass;
- struct type *memtype;
- struct nextfield *list = 0, *tmp_list = 0;
- struct next_fn_field *fn_list = 0;
- struct next_fn_field *fn_p;
- struct next_template *t_new, *t_list = 0;
- struct nextfield *new;
- struct next_fn_field *fn_new;
- struct next_instantiation *i_new, *i_list = 0;
- int n, nfields = 0, n_fn_fields = 0, n_fn_fields_total = 0;
- int n_base_classes = 0, n_templ_args = 0;
- int ninstantiations = 0;
- dnttpointer field, fn_field, parent;
- union dnttentry *fieldp, *fn_fieldp, *parentp;
- int i;
- int static_member = 0;
- int const_member = 0;
- int volatile_member = 0;
- unsigned long vtbl_offset;
- int need_bitvectors = 0;
- char *method_name = NULL;
- char *method_alias = NULL;
-
-
- /* Is it something we've already dealt with? */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) ||
- (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) ||
- (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CLASS) ||
- (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE))
- return type;
-
- /* Get the basic type correct. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
- {
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8;
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
- {
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8;
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
- {
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_CLASS;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.bitlength / 8;
-
- /* Overrides the TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC(type) with allocated memory
- * rather than &cplus_struct_default.
- */
- allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
-
- /* Fill in declared-type.
- * (The C++ compiler will emit TYPE_CODE_CLASS
- * for all 3 of "class", "struct"
- * "union", and we have to look at the "class_decl" field if we
- * want to know how it was really declared)
- */
- /* (0==class, 1==union, 2==struct) */
- TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl;
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- /* Get the basic type correct. */
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE;
- allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
- TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = DECLARED_TYPE_TEMPLATE;
- }
- else
- return type;
-
-
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
-
- /* For classes, read the parent list.
- * Question (RT): Do we need to do this for templates also?
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
- {
-
- /* First read the parent-list (classes from which we derive fields) */
- parent = dn_bufp->dclass.parentlist;
- while (parent.word && parent.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- parentp = hpread_get_lntt (parent.dnttp.index, objfile);
-
- /* "parentp" should point to a DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE record */
-
- /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
-
- /* The "classname" field is actually a DNTT pointer to the base class */
- baseclass = hpread_type_lookup (parentp->dinheritance.classname,
- objfile);
- FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = baseclass;
-
- list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (FIELD_TYPE (list->field));
-
- list->attributes = 0;
-
- /* Check for virtuality of base, and set the
- * offset of the base subobject within the object.
- * (Offset set to -1 for virtual bases (for now).)
- */
- if (parentp->dinheritance.Virtual)
- {
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL);
- parentp->dinheritance.offset = -1;
- }
- else
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = parentp->dinheritance.offset;
-
- /* Check visibility */
- switch (parentp->dinheritance.visibility)
- {
- case 1:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
- break;
- case 2:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
- break;
- }
-
- n_base_classes++;
- nfields++;
-
- parent = parentp->dinheritance.next;
- }
- }
-
- /* For templates, read the template argument list.
- * This must be done before processing the member list, because
- * the member list may refer back to this. E.g.:
- * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
- * public:
- * T1 a;
- * T2 b;
- * };
- * We need to read the argument list "T1", "T2" first.
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- /* Kludge alert: This stuffs a global "current_template" which
- * is referred to by hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). The global
- * is cleared at the end of this routine.
- */
- current_template = type;
-
- /* Read in the argument list */
- field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.arglist;
- while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- /* Get this template argument */
- fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
- if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
- {
- warning ("Invalid debug info: Template argument entry is of wrong kind");
- break;
- }
- /* Bump the count */
- n_templ_args++;
- /* Allocate and fill in a struct next_template */
- t_new = (struct next_template *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_template));
- t_new->next = t_list;
- t_list = t_new;
- t_list->arg.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dtempl_arg.name;
- t_list->arg.type = hpread_read_templ_arg_type (field, fieldp,
- objfile, t_list->arg.name);
- /* Walk to the next template argument */
- field = fieldp->dtempl_arg.nextarg;
- }
- }
-
- TYPE_NTEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = n_templ_args;
-
- if (n_templ_args > 0)
- TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = (struct template_arg *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct template_arg) * n_templ_args);
- for (n = n_templ_args; t_list; t_list = t_list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (type, n) = t_list->arg;
- }
-
- /* Next read in and internalize all the fields/members. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
- field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
- field = dn_bufp->dunion.firstfield;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
- field = dn_bufp->dclass.memberlist;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.memberlist;
- else
- field.word = DNTTNIL;
-
- while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
-
- /* At this point "fieldp" may point to either a DNTT_TYPE_FIELD
- * or a DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD record.
- */
- vtbl_offset = 0;
- static_member = 0;
- const_member = 0;
- volatile_member = 0;
-
- if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD)
- {
-
- /* The type will be GENFIELD if the field is a method or
- * a static member (or some other cases -- see below)
- */
-
- /* Follow a link to get to the record for the field. */
- fn_field = fieldp->dgenfield.field;
- fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
-
- /* Virtual funcs are indicated by a VFUNC which points to the
- * real entry
- */
- if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC)
- {
- vtbl_offset = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.vtbl_offset;
- fn_field = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.funcptr;
- fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
- }
-
- /* A function's entry may be preceded by a modifier which
- * labels it static/constant/volatile.
- */
- if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER)
- {
- static_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_static;
- const_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_const;
- volatile_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_volatile;
- fn_field = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.type;
- fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
- }
-
- /* Check whether we have a method */
- if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) ||
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
- {
- /* Method found */
-
- short ix = 0;
-
- /* Look up function type of method */
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_field, objfile);
-
- /* Methods can be seen before classes in the SOM records.
- If we are processing this class because it's a parameter of a
- method, at this point the method's type is actually incomplete;
- we'll have to fix it up later; mark the class for this. */
-
- if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
- {
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
- if (fixup_class)
- warning ("Two classes to fix up for method?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
- if (fixup_method)
- warning ("Two methods to be fixed up at once?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
- fixup_class = type; /* remember this class has to be fixed up */
- fixup_method = memtype; /* remember the method type to be used in fixup */
- }
-
- /* HP aCC generates operator names without the "operator" keyword, and
- generates null strings as names for operators that are
- user-defined type conversions to basic types (e.g. operator int ()).
- So try to reconstruct name as best as possible. */
-
- method_name = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.name);
- method_alias = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.alias);
-
- if (!method_name || /* no name */
- !*method_name || /* or null name */
- cplus_mangle_opname (method_name, DMGL_ANSI)) /* or name is an operator like "<" */
- {
- char *tmp_name = cplus_demangle (method_alias, DMGL_ANSI);
- char *op_string = strstr (tmp_name, "operator");
- method_name = xmalloc (strlen (op_string) + 1); /* don't overwrite VT! */
- strcpy (method_name, op_string);
- }
-
- /* First check if a method of the same name has already been seen. */
- fn_p = fn_list;
- while (fn_p)
- {
- if (STREQ (fn_p->field.name, method_name))
- break;
- fn_p = fn_p->next;
- }
-
- /* If no such method was found, allocate a new entry in the list */
- if (!fn_p)
- {
- /* Get space to record this member function */
- /* Note: alloca used; this will disappear on routine exit */
- fn_new = (struct next_fn_field *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_fn_field));
- fn_new->next = fn_list;
- fn_list = fn_new;
-
- /* Fill in the fields of the struct nextfield */
-
- /* Record the (unmangled) method name */
- fn_list->field.name = method_name;
- /* Initial space for overloaded methods */
- /* Note: xmalloc is used; this will persist after this routine exits */
- fn_list->field.fn_fields = (struct fn_field *) xmalloc (5 * (sizeof (struct fn_field)));
- fn_list->field.length = 1; /* Init # of overloaded instances */
- fn_list->num_fn_fields = 5; /* # of entries for which space allocated */
- fn_p = fn_list;
- ix = 0; /* array index for fn_field */
- /* Bump the total count of the distinctly named methods */
- n_fn_fields++;
- }
- else
- /* Another overloaded instance of an already seen method name */
- {
- if (++(fn_p->field.length) > fn_p->num_fn_fields)
- {
- /* Increase space allocated for overloaded instances */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields
- = (struct fn_field *) xrealloc (fn_p->field.fn_fields,
- (fn_p->num_fn_fields + 5) * sizeof (struct fn_field));
- fn_p->num_fn_fields += 5;
- }
- ix = fn_p->field.length - 1; /* array index for fn_field */
- }
-
- /* "physname" is intended to be the name of this overloaded instance. */
- if ((fn_fieldp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
- method_alias &&
- *method_alias) /* not a null string */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_alias;
- else
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_name;
- /* What's expected here is the function type */
- /* But mark it as NULL if the method was incompletely processed
- We'll fix this up later when the method is fully processed */
- if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
- {
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = NULL;
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args = NULL;
- }
- else
- {
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = memtype;
-
- /* The argument list */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types =
- (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct type *) * (memtype->nfields + 1));
- for (i = 0; i < memtype->nfields; i++)
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types[i] = memtype->fields[i].type;
- /* void termination */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types[memtype->nfields] = builtin_type_void;
-
- /* pai: It's not clear why this args field has to be set. Perhaps
- * it should be eliminated entirely. */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args =
- (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct type *) * (memtype->nfields + 1));
- for (i = 0; i < memtype->nfields; i++)
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args[i] = memtype->fields[i].type;
- /* null-terminated, unlike arg_types above e */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args[memtype->nfields] = NULL;
- }
- /* For virtual functions, fill in the voffset field with the
- * virtual table offset. (This is just copied over from the
- * SOM record; not sure if it is what GDB expects here...).
- * But if the function is a static method, set it to 1.
- *
- * Note that we have to add 1 because 1 indicates a static
- * method, and 0 indicates a non-static, non-virtual method */
-
- if (static_member)
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC;
- else
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = vtbl_offset ? vtbl_offset + 1 : 0;
-
- /* Also fill in the fcontext field with the current
- * class. (The latter isn't quite right: should be the baseclass
- * that defines the virtual function... Note we do have
- * a variable "baseclass" that we could stuff into the fcontext
- * field, but "baseclass" isn't necessarily right either,
- * since the virtual function could have been defined more
- * than one level up).
- */
-
- if (vtbl_offset != 0)
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = type;
- else
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = NULL;
-
- /* Other random fields pertaining to this method */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_const = const_member;
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_volatile = volatile_member; /* ?? */
- switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
- {
- case 1:
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 1;
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
- break;
- case 2:
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 1;
- break;
- default: /* public */
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
- }
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_stub = 0;
-
- /* HP aCC emits both MEMFUNC and FUNCTION entries for a method;
- if the class points to the FUNCTION, there is usually separate
- code for the method; but if we have a MEMFUNC, the method has
- been inlined (and there is usually no FUNCTION entry)
- FIXME Not sure if this test is accurate. pai/1997-08-22 */
- if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC))
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 1;
- else
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 0;
-
- fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].dummy = 0;
-
- /* Bump the total count of the member functions */
- n_fn_fields_total++;
-
- }
- else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
- {
- /* This case is for static data members of classes */
-
- /* pai:: FIXME -- check that "staticmem" bit is set */
-
- /* Get space to record this static member */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = -1; /* indicates static member */
- SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, 0); /* initialize to empty */
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
-
- FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
- list->attributes = 0;
- switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
- {
- case 1:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
- break;
- case 2:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
- break;
- }
- nfields++;
- }
-
- else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
- {
- /* FIELDs follow GENFIELDs for fields of anonymous unions.
- Code below is replicated from the case for FIELDs further
- below, except that fieldp is replaced by fn_fieldp */
- if (!fn_fieldp->dfield.a_union)
- warning ("Debug info inconsistent: FIELD of anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
- /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfield.name;
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
- if (fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
- list->field.bitsize = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
- else
- list->field.bitsize = 0;
-
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
- list->field.type = memtype;
- list->attributes = 0;
- switch (fn_fieldp->dfield.visibility)
- {
- case 1:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
- break;
- case 2:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
- break;
- }
- nfields++;
- }
- else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
- {
- /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
- if (!fn_fieldp->dsvar.a_union)
- warning ("Debug info inconsistent: SVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
- /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
- list->field.type = memtype;
- list->attributes = 0;
- /* No info to set visibility -- always public */
- nfields++;
- }
- else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
- {
- /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
- if (!fn_fieldp->ddvar.a_union)
- warning ("Debug info inconsistent: DVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
- /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->ddvar.name;
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->ddvar.type, objfile);
- list->field.type = memtype;
- list->attributes = 0;
- /* No info to set visibility -- always public */
- nfields++;
- }
- else
- { /* Not a method, nor a static data member, nor an anon union field */
-
- /* This case is for miscellaneous type entries (local enums,
- local function templates, etc.) that can be present
- inside a class. */
-
- /* Enums -- will be handled by other code that takes care
- of DNTT_TYPE_ENUM; here we see only DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM so
- it's not clear we could have handled them here at all. */
- /* FUNC_TEMPLATE: is handled by other code (?). */
- /* MEMACCESS: modified access for inherited member. Not
- sure what to do with this, ignoriing it at present. */
-
- /* What other entries can appear following a GENFIELD which
- we do not handle above? (MODIFIER, VFUNC handled above.) */
-
- if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS) &&
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM) &&
- (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE))
- warning ("Internal error: Unexpected debug record kind %d found following DNTT_GENFIELD",
- fn_fieldp->dblock.kind);
- }
- /* walk to the next FIELD or GENFIELD */
- field = fieldp->dgenfield.nextfield;
-
- }
- else if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
- {
-
- /* Ordinary structure/union/class field */
- struct type *anon_union_type;
-
- /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
-
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name;
-
-
- /* A FIELD by itself (without a GENFIELD) can also be a static member */
- if (fieldp->dfield.staticmem)
- {
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = -1;
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
- }
- else
- /* Non-static data member */
- {
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
- if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
- else
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
- }
-
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
- FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
- list->attributes = 0;
- switch (fieldp->dfield.visibility)
- {
- case 1:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
- break;
- case 2:
- B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
- break;
- }
- nfields++;
-
-
- /* Note 1: First, we have to check if the current field is an anonymous
- union. If it is, then *its* fields are threaded along in the
- nextfield chain. :-( This was supposed to help debuggers, but is
- really just a nuisance since we deal with anonymous unions anyway by
- checking that the name is null. So anyway, we skip over the fields
- of the anonymous union. pai/1997-08-22 */
- /* Note 2: In addition, the bitoffsets for the fields of the anon union
- are relative to the enclosing struct, *NOT* relative to the anon
- union! This is an even bigger nuisance -- we have to go in and munge
- the anon union's type information appropriately. pai/1997-08-22 */
-
- /* Both tasks noted above are done by a separate function. This takes us
- to the next FIELD or GENFIELD, skipping anon unions, and recursively
- processing intermediate types. */
- field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (1, field, &fieldp, objfile);
-
- }
- else
- {
- /* neither field nor genfield ?? is this possible?? */
- /* pai:: FIXME walk to the next -- how? */
- warning ("Internal error: unexpected DNTT kind %d encountered as field of struct",
- fieldp->dblock.kind);
- warning ("Skipping remaining fields of struct");
- break; /* get out of loop of fields */
- }
- }
-
- /* If it's a template, read in the instantiation list */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- ninstantiations = 0;
- field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.expansions;
- while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
- {
- fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
-
- /* The expansions or nextexp should point to a tagdef */
- if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
- break;
-
- i_new = (struct next_instantiation *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_instantiation));
- i_new->next = i_list;
- i_list = i_new;
- i_list->t = hpread_type_lookup (field, objfile);
- ninstantiations++;
-
- /* And the "type" field of that should point to a class */
- field = fieldp->dtag.type;
- fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
- if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
- break;
-
- /* Get the next expansion */
- field = fieldp->dclass.nextexp;
- }
- }
- TYPE_NINSTANTIATIONS (type) = ninstantiations;
- if (ninstantiations > 0)
- TYPE_INSTANTIATIONS (type) = (struct type **)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct type *) * ninstantiations);
- for (n = ninstantiations; i_list; i_list = i_list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- TYPE_INSTANTIATION (type, n) = i_list->t;
- }
-
-
- /* Copy the field-list to GDB's symbol table */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
- TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_base_classes;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
- /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */
- for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = tmp_list->field;
- }
-
- /* Copy the "function-field-list" (i.e., the list of member
- * functions in the class) to GDB's symbol table
- */
- TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = n_fn_fields;
- TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = n_fn_fields_total;
- TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * n_fn_fields);
- for (n = n_fn_fields; fn_list; fn_list = fn_list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, n) = fn_list->field;
- }
-
- /* pai:: FIXME -- perhaps each bitvector should be created individually */
- for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- if (tmp_list->attributes)
- {
- need_bitvectors = 1;
- break;
- }
- }
-
- if (need_bitvectors)
- {
- /* pai:: this step probably redundant */
- ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type);
-
- TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) =
- (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
- B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), nfields);
-
- TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) =
- (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
- B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields);
-
- TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) =
- (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
- B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields);
-
- /* this field vector isn't actually used with HP aCC */
- TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type) =
- (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
- B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type), nfields);
-
- while (nfields-- > 0)
- {
- if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL))
- SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, nfields);
- if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE))
- SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, nfields);
- if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT))
- SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, nfields);
-
- list = list->next;
- }
- }
- else
- {
- TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = NULL;
- TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = NULL;
- TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = NULL;
- }
-
- if (has_vtable (type))
- {
- /* Allocate space for class runtime information */
- TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = (struct runtime_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct runtime_info));
- /* Set flag for vtable */
- TYPE_VTABLE (type) = 1;
- /* The first non-virtual base class with a vtable. */
- TYPE_PRIMARY_BASE (type) = primary_base_class (type);
- /* The virtual base list. */
- TYPE_VIRTUAL_BASE_LIST (type) = virtual_base_list (type);
- }
- else
- TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = NULL;
-
- /* If this is a local type (C++ - declared inside a function), record file name & line # */
- if (hpread_get_scope_depth (dn_bufp, objfile, 1 /* no need for real depth */ ))
- {
- TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = (struct local_type_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct local_type_info));
- TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (current_subfile->name) + 1);
- strcpy (TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type), current_subfile->name);
- if (current_subfile->line_vector && (current_subfile->line_vector->nitems > 0))
- TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = current_subfile->line_vector->item[current_subfile->line_vector->nitems - 1].line;
- else
- TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = 0;
- }
- else
- TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = NULL;
-
- /* Clear the global saying what template we are in the middle of processing */
- current_template = NULL;
-
- /* Fix up any cv-qualified versions of this type. */
- finish_cv_type (type);
-
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Adjust the physnames for each static member of a struct
- or class type to be something like "A::x"; then various
- other pieces of code that do a lookup_symbol on the phyname
- work correctly.
- TYPE is a pointer to the struct/class type
- NAME is a char * (string) which is the class/struct name
- Void return */
-
-static void
-fix_static_member_physnames (struct type *type, char *class_name,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- int i;
-
- /* We fix the member names only for classes or structs */
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
- return;
-
- for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
- if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC (type, i))
- {
- if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i))
- return; /* physnames are already set */
-
- SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (type->fields[i],
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- strlen (class_name) + strlen (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)) + 3));
- strcpy (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), class_name);
- strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), "::");
- strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i));
- }
-}
-
-/* Fix-up the type structure for a CLASS so that the type entry
- * for a method (previously marked with a null type in hpread_read_struct_type()
- * is set correctly to METHOD.
- * OBJFILE is as for other such functions.
- * Void return. */
-
-static void
-fixup_class_method_type (struct type *class, struct type *method,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- int i, j, k;
-
- if (!class || !method || !objfile)
- return;
-
- /* Only for types that have methods */
- if ((TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) &&
- (TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_UNION))
- return;
-
- /* Loop over all methods and find the one marked with a NULL type */
- for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (class); i++)
- for (j = 0; j < TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (class, i); j++)
- if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) == NULL)
- {
- /* Set the method type */
- TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) = method;
- /* The argument list */
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types
- = (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct type *) * (method->nfields + 1));
- for (k = 0; k < method->nfields; k++)
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types[k] = method->fields[k].type;
- /* void termination */
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types[method->nfields] = builtin_type_void;
-
- /* pai: It's not clear why this args field has to be set. Perhaps
- * it should be eliminated entirely. */
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args
- = (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct type *) * (method->nfields + 1));
- for (k = 0; k < method->nfields; k++)
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args[k] = method->fields[k].type;
- /* null-terminated, unlike arg_types above */
- (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args[method->nfields] = NULL;
-
- /* Break out of both loops -- only one method to fix up in a class */
- goto finish;
- }
-
-finish:
- TYPE_FLAGS (class) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
-}
-
-
-/* If we're in the middle of processing a template, get a pointer
- * to the Nth template argument.
- * An example may make this clearer:
- * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
- * public:
- * T1 a;
- * T2 b;
- * };
- * The type for "a" will be "first template arg" and
- * the type for "b" will be "second template arg".
- * We need to look these up in order to fill in "a" and "b"'s type.
- * This is called from hpread_type_lookup().
- */
-static struct type *
-hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *objfile, int n)
-{
- if (current_template != NULL)
- return TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (current_template, n).type;
- else
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_TEMPLATE_ARG);
-}
-
-/* Read in and internalize a TEMPL_ARG (template arg) symbol. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_templ_arg_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile, char *name)
-{
- struct type *type;
-
- /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
- return type;
-
- /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
- TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Read in and internalize a set debug symbol. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_set_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type *type;
-
- /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_SET)
- return type;
-
- /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_SET;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dset.bitlength / 8;
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
- TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dset.subtype,
- objfile);
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Read in and internalize an array debug symbol. */
-
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_array_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type *type;
-
- /* Allocate an array type symbol.
- * Why no check for already-read here, like in the other
- * hpread_read_xxx_type routines? Because it kept us
- * from properly determining the size of the array!
- */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
-
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY;
-
- /* Although the hp-symtab.h does not *require* this to be the case,
- * GDB is assuming that "arrayisbytes" and "elemisbytes" be consistent.
- * I.e., express both array-length and element-length in bits,
- * or express both array-length and element-length in bytes.
- */
- if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes) ||
- (!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes)))
- {
- warning ("error in hpread_array_type.\n");
- return NULL;
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->darray.arraylength == 0x7fffffff)
- {
- /* The HP debug format represents char foo[]; as an array with
- * length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this
- * as an array of length zero.
- */
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes)
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength;
- else /* arraylength is in bits */
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength / 8;
-
- TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.elemtype,
- objfile);
-
- /* The one "field" is used to store the subscript type */
- /* Since C and C++ multi-dimensional arrays are simply represented
- * as: array of array of ..., we only need one subscript-type
- * per array. This subscript type is typically a subrange of integer.
- * If this gets extended to support languages like Pascal, then
- * we need to fix this to represent multi-dimensional arrays properly.
- */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field));
- TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.indextype,
- objfile);
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Read in and internalize a subrange debug symbol. */
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_subrange_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type *type;
-
- /* Is it something we've already dealt with. */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE)
- return type;
-
- /* Nope, internalize it. */
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_RANGE;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dsubr.bitlength / 8;
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 2;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type)
- = (struct field *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- 2 * sizeof (struct field));
-
- if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_low)
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = 0;
- else
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 0) = dn_bufp->dsubr.lowbound;
-
- if (dn_bufp->dsubr.dyn_high)
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = -1;
- else
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, 1) = dn_bufp->dsubr.highbound;
- TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsubr.subtype,
- objfile);
- return type;
-}
-
-/* struct type * hpread_type_lookup(hp_type, objfile)
- * Arguments:
- * hp_type: A pointer into the DNTT specifying what type we
- * are about to "look up"., or else [for fundamental types
- * like int, float, ...] an "immediate" structure describing
- * the type.
- * objfile: ?
- * Return value: A pointer to a "struct type" (representation of a
- * type in GDB's internal symbol table - see gdbtypes.h)
- * Routine description:
- * There are a variety of places when scanning the DNTT when we
- * need to interpret a "type" field. The simplest and most basic
- * example is when we're processing the symbol table record
- * for a data symbol (a SVAR or DVAR record). That has
- * a "type" field specifying the type of the data symbol. That
- * "type" field is either an "immediate" type specification (for the
- * fundamental types) or a DNTT pointer (for more complicated types).
- * For the more complicated types, we may or may not have already
- * processed the pointed-to type. (Multiple data symbols can of course
- * share the same type).
- * The job of hpread_type_lookup() is to process this "type" field.
- * Most of the real work is done in subroutines. Here we interpret
- * the immediate flag. If not immediate, chase the DNTT pointer to
- * find our way to the SOM record describing the type, switch on
- * the SOM kind, and then call an appropriate subroutine depending
- * on what kind of type we are constructing. (e.g., an array type,
- * a struct/class type, etc).
- */
-static struct type *
-hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- struct type *tmp_type;
-
- /* First see if it's a simple builtin type. */
- if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
- {
- /* If this is a template argument, the argument number is
- * encoded in the bitlength. All other cases, just return
- * GDB's representation of this fundamental type.
- */
- if (hp_type.dntti.type == HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
- return hpread_get_nth_template_arg (objfile, hp_type.dntti.bitlength);
- else
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile,
- hpread_type_translate (hp_type));
- }
-
- /* Not a builtin type. We'll have to read it in. */
- if (hp_type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_type.dnttp.index, objfile);
- else
- /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
-
- switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
- case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
- /* These are not types - something went wrong. */
- /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- /* We wind up here when dealing with class member functions
- * (called from hpread_read_struct_type(), i.e. when processing
- * the class definition itself).
- */
- return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
- return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- {
- /* A typedef - chase it down by making a recursive call */
- struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
- objfile);
-
- /* The following came from the base hpread.c that we inherited.
- * It is WRONG so I have commented it out. - RT
- *...
-
- char *suffix;
- suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
- TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
-
- * ... further explanation ....
- *
- * What we have here is a typedef pointing to a typedef.
- * E.g.,
- * typedef int foo;
- * typedef foo fum;
- *
- * What we desire to build is (these are pictures
- * of "struct type"'s):
- *
- * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
- * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
- * | type| -> | type| -> | |
- * | "fum" | | "foo" | | "int" |
- * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
- *
- * What this commented-out code is doing is smashing the
- * name of pointed-to-type to be the same as the pointed-from
- * type. So we wind up with something like:
- *
- * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
- * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
- * | type| -> | type| -> | |
- * | "fum" | | "fum" | | "fum" |
- * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
- *
- */
-
- return structtype;
- }
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- {
- /* Just a little different from above. We have to tack on
- * an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, class, etc).
- */
- struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
- objfile);
- char *prefix, *suffix;
- suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
-
- /* Lookup the next type in the list. It should be a structure,
- * union, class, enum, or template type.
- * We will need to attach that to our name.
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
- else
- {
- complain (&hpread_type_lookup_complaint);
- return NULL;
- }
-
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
- {
- prefix = "struct ";
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
- {
- prefix = "union ";
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
- {
- /* Further field for CLASS saying how it was really declared */
- /* 0==class, 1==union, 2==struct */
- if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 0)
- prefix = "class ";
- else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 1)
- prefix = "union ";
- else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 2)
- prefix = "struct ";
- else
- prefix = "";
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM)
- {
- prefix = "enum ";
- }
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- prefix = "template ";
- }
- else
- {
- prefix = "";
- }
-
- /* Build the correct name. */
- structtype->name
- = (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- strlen (prefix) + strlen (suffix) + 1);
- TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcpy (TYPE_NAME (structtype), prefix);
- TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcat (TYPE_NAME (structtype), suffix);
- TYPE_TAG_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
-
- /* For classes/structs, we have to set the static member "physnames"
- to point to strings like "Class::Member" */
- if (TYPE_CODE (structtype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
- fix_static_member_physnames (structtype, suffix, objfile);
-
- return structtype;
- }
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- /* Pointer type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
- * the appropriate GDB type.
- */
- return make_pointer_type (
- hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto,
- objfile),
- NULL);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
- /* C++ reference type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
- * the appropriate GDB type.
- */
- return make_reference_type (
- hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dreference.pointsto,
- objfile),
- NULL);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
- return hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
- return hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
- return hpread_read_subrange_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
- return hpread_read_array_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
- return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
- return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfield.type, objfile);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
- /* Here we want to read the function SOMs and return a
- * type for it. We get here, for instance, when processing
- * pointer-to-function type.
- */
- return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
- /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type.
- * The "pointsto" field defines the class,
- * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
- */
- {
- struct type *ptrmemtype;
- struct type *class_type;
- struct type *memtype;
- memtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
- objfile),
- class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
- objfile),
- ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
- smash_to_member_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, memtype);
- return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
- /* Defines a C++ pointer-to-function-member type.
- * The "pointsto" field defines the class,
- * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
- */
- {
- struct type *ptrmemtype;
- struct type *class_type;
- struct type *functype;
- struct type *retvaltype;
- int nargs;
- int i;
- struct type **args_type;
- class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
- objfile);
- functype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
- objfile);
- retvaltype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (functype);
- nargs = TYPE_NFIELDS (functype);
- args_type = (struct type **) xmalloc ((nargs + 1) * sizeof (struct type *));
- for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
- {
- args_type[i] = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, i);
- }
- args_type[nargs] = NULL;
- ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
- smash_to_method_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, retvaltype, args_type);
- return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
- return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
- /* Chase pointer from GENFIELD to FIELD, and make recursive
- * call on that.
- */
- return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dgenfield.field, objfile);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
- /* C++ virtual function.
- * We get here in the course of processing a class type which
- * contains virtual functions. Just go through another level
- * of indirection to get to the pointed-to function SOM.
- */
- return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dvfunc.funcptr, objfile);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
- /* Check the modifiers and then just make a recursive call on
- * the "type" pointed to by the modifier DNTT.
- *
- * pai:: FIXME -- do we ever want to handle "m_duplicate" and
- * "m_void" modifiers? Is static_flag really needed here?
- * (m_static used for methods of classes, elsewhere).
- */
- tmp_type = make_cv_type (dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_const,
- dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_volatile,
- hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dmodifier.type, objfile),
- 0);
- return tmp_type;
-
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
- /* Member function. Treat like a function.
- * I think we get here in the course of processing a
- * pointer-to-member-function type...
- */
- return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
- return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
- /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
- * which like a class, points to a member list and also points
- * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
- */
- return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
- {
- char *name;
- /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
- * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
- * of the type-arguments.
- */
- name = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtempl_arg.name;
- return hpread_read_templ_arg_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, name);
- }
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
- /* We wind up here when processing a TEMPLATE type,
- * if the template has member function(s).
- * Treat it like a FUNCTION.
- */
- return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
- /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations.
- * There is no type associated with the LINK record per se.
- */
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
-
- /* Also not yet handled... */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC: */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE: */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT: */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN: */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST: */
- /* case DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS: */
- default:
- /* A fancy way of returning NULL */
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
- }
-}
-
-static sltpointer
-hpread_record_lines (struct subfile *subfile, sltpointer s_idx,
- sltpointer e_idx, struct objfile *objfile,
- CORE_ADDR offset)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
-
- while (s_idx <= e_idx)
- {
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (s_idx, objfile);
- /* Only record "normal" entries in the SLT. */
- if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL
- || sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_EXIT)
- record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snorm.line,
- sl_bufp->snorm.address + offset);
- else if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
- record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snormoff.line,
- sl_bufp->snormoff.address + offset);
- s_idx++;
- }
- return e_idx;
-}
-
-/* Given a function "f" which is a member of a class, find
- * the classname that it is a member of. Used to construct
- * the name (e.g., "c::f") which GDB will put in the
- * "demangled name" field of the function's symbol.
- * Called from hpread_process_one_debug_symbol()
- * If "f" is not a member function, return NULL.
- */
-char *
-class_of (struct type *functype)
-{
- struct type *first_param_type;
- char *first_param_name;
- struct type *pointed_to_type;
- char *class_name;
-
- /* Check that the function has a first argument "this",
- * and that "this" is a pointer to a class. If not,
- * functype is not a member function, so return NULL.
- */
- if (TYPE_NFIELDS (functype) == 0)
- return NULL;
- first_param_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (functype, 0);
- if (first_param_name == NULL)
- return NULL; /* paranoia */
- if (strcmp (first_param_name, "this"))
- return NULL;
- first_param_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, 0);
- if (first_param_type == NULL)
- return NULL; /* paranoia */
- if (TYPE_CODE (first_param_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
- return NULL;
-
- /* Get the thing that "this" points to, check that
- * it's a class, and get its class name.
- */
- pointed_to_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (first_param_type);
- if (pointed_to_type == NULL)
- return NULL; /* paranoia */
- if (TYPE_CODE (pointed_to_type) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS)
- return NULL;
- class_name = TYPE_NAME (pointed_to_type);
- if (class_name == NULL)
- return NULL; /* paranoia */
-
- /* The class name may be of the form "class c", in which case
- * we want to strip off the leading "class ".
- */
- if (strncmp (class_name, "class ", 6) == 0)
- class_name += 6;
-
- return class_name;
-}
-
-/* Internalize one native debug symbol.
- * Called in a loop from hpread_expand_symtab().
- * Arguments:
- * dn_bufp:
- * name:
- * section_offsets:
- * objfile:
- * text_offset:
- * text_size:
- * filename:
- * index: Index of this symbol
- * at_module_boundary_p Pointer to boolean flag to control caller's loop.
- */
-
-static void
-hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, char *name,
- struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
- struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR text_offset,
- int text_size, char *filename, int index,
- int *at_module_boundary_p)
-{
- unsigned long desc;
- int type;
- CORE_ADDR valu;
- int offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- int data_offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
- union dnttentry *dn_temp;
- dnttpointer hp_type;
- struct symbol *sym;
- struct context_stack *new;
- char *class_scope_name;
-
- /* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */
- sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symbol));
- memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), &objfile->symbol_obstack);
- SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_auto;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = 0;
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = 0;
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
-
- /* Just a trick in case the SOM debug symbol is a type definition.
- * There are routines that are set up to build a GDB type symbol, given
- * a SOM dnttpointer. So we set up a dummy SOM dnttpointer "hp_type".
- * This allows us to call those same routines.
- */
- hp_type.dnttp.extension = 1;
- hp_type.dnttp.immediate = 0;
- hp_type.dnttp.global = 0;
- hp_type.dnttp.index = index;
-
- /* This "type" is the type of SOM record.
- * Switch on SOM type.
- */
- type = dn_bufp->dblock.kind;
- switch (type)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- /* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or
- * include file any following data comes. It may indicate:
- *
- * o The start of an entirely new source file (and thus
- * a new module)
- *
- * o The start of a different source file due to #include
- *
- * o The end of an include file and the return to the original
- * file. Thus if "foo.c" includes "bar.h", we see first
- * a SRCFILE for foo.c, then one for bar.h, and then one for
- * foo.c again.
- *
- * If it indicates the start of a new module then we must
- * finish the symbol table of the previous module
- * (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table.
- */
-
- valu = text_offset;
- if (!last_source_file)
- {
- /*
- * A note on "last_source_file": this is a char* pointing
- * to the actual file name. "start_symtab" sets it,
- * "end_symtab" clears it.
- *
- * So if "last_source_file" is NULL, then either this is
- * the first record we are looking at, or a previous call
- * to "end_symtab()" was made to close out the previous
- * module. Since we're now quitting the scan loop when we
- * see a MODULE END record, we should never get here, except
- * in the case that we're not using the quick look-up tables
- * and have to use the old system as a fall-back.
- */
- start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
- record_debugformat ("HP");
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dsfile.address;
- }
-
- else
- {
- /* Either a new include file, or a SRCFILE record
- * saying we are back in the main source (or out of
- * a nested include file) again.
- */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dsfile.address,
- objfile, offset);
- }
-
- /* A note on "start_subfile". This routine will check
- * the name we pass it and look for an existing subfile
- * of that name. There's thus only one sub-file for the
- * actual source (e.g. for "foo.c" in foo.c), despite the
- * fact that we'll see lots of SRCFILE entries for foo.c
- * inside foo.c.
- */
- start_subfile (name, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /*
- * We no longer ignore DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols. The module
- * represents the meaningful semantic structure of a compilation
- * unit. We expect to start the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
- * looking at a MODULE entry, and to end it at the corresponding
- * END MODULE entry.
- *
- *--Begin outdated comments
- *
- * This record signifies the start of a new source module
- * In C/C++ there is no explicit "module" construct in the language,
- * but each compilation unit is implicitly a module and they
- * do emit the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE records.
- * The end of the module is marked by a matching DNTT_TYPE_END record.
- *
- * The reason GDB gets away with ignoring the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE record
- * is it notices the DNTT_TYPE_END record for the previous
- * module (see comments under DNTT_TYPE_END case), and then treats
- * the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE record as if it were the module-start record.
- * (i.e., it makes a start_symtab() call).
- * This scheme seems a little convoluted, but I'll leave it
- * alone on the principle "if it ain't broke don't fix
- * it". (RT).
- *
- *-- End outdated comments
- */
-
- valu = text_offset;
- if (!last_source_file)
- {
- /* Start of a new module. We know this because "last_source_file"
- * is NULL, which can only happen the first time or if we just
- * made a call to end_symtab() to close out the previous module.
- */
- start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dmodule.address;
- }
- else
- {
- /* This really shouldn't happen if we're using the quick
- * look-up tables, as it would mean we'd scanned past an
- * END MODULE entry. But if we're not using the tables,
- * we started the module on the SRCFILE entry, so it's ok.
- * For now, accept this.
- */
- /* warning( "Error expanding psymtab, missed module end, found entry for %s",
- * name );
- */
- *at_module_boundary_p = -1;
- }
-
- start_subfile (name, NULL);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- /* A function or secondary entry point. */
- valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + offset;
-
- /* Record lines up to this point. */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dfunc.address,
- objfile, offset);
-
- WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1;
- CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu;
-
- /* Stack must be empty now. */
- if (context_stack_depth != 0)
- complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
- new = push_context (0, valu);
-
- /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
- * the symbol records for the function parameters.
- */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
-
- /* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
- * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
- * if that exists.
- */
- if ((dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
- dn_bufp->dfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
- *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias;
- else
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
-
- /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
- * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
- if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
- (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name, "main") == 0))
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
-
- /* The SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME field is expected to
- * be the demangled name.
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
- {
- /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
- * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
- * do the job. This generally does the job, even though
- * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
- * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
- * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
- * Generally, we don't want params when we display
- * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
- * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
- * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
- */
- SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
- if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias) &&
- (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
- {
-
- /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
- * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
- * field is still NULL. Try to
- * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
- * in the SOM record. A complication here is that
- * the name field contains only the function name
- * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
- * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
- */
- char *basename;
- char *classname;
- char *dem_name;
- basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
- classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
- if (classname)
- {
- dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
- strcpy (dem_name, classname);
- strcat (dem_name, "::");
- strcat (dem_name, basename);
- SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
- SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
- if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
- new->name = sym;
-
- /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
- * in the line info up to that point.
- * Not sure why this is needed.
- * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
- * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
- * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
- dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
- {
- while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
- {
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
- }
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
- objfile, offset);
- SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- }
- record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
- valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + offset;
-
- /* Record lines up to this point. */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->ddocfunc.address,
- objfile, offset);
-
- WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1;
- CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu;
- /* Stack must be empty now. */
- if (context_stack_depth != 0)
- complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
- new = push_context (0, valu);
-
- /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
- * the symbol records for the function parameters.
- */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
-
- /* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
- * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
- * if that exists.
- */
- if ((dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
- dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
- *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias;
- else
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
-
- /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
- * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
- if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
- (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name, "main") == 0))
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
-
- if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
- {
-
- /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
- * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
- * do the job. This generally does the job, even though
- * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
- * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
- * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
- * Generally, we don't want params when we display
- * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
- * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
- * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
- */
- SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
-
- if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias) &&
- (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
- {
-
- /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
- * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
- * field is still NULL. Try to
- * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
- * in the SOM record. A complication here is that
- * the name field contains only the function name
- * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
- * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
- */
- char *basename;
- char *classname;
- char *dem_name;
- basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
- classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
- if (classname)
- {
- dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
- strcpy (dem_name, classname);
- strcat (dem_name, "::");
- strcat (dem_name, basename);
- SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
- SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
- }
- }
- }
-
- /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
- if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
- new->name = sym;
-
- /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
- * in the line info up to that point.
- * Not sure why this is needed.
- * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
- * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
- * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
- */
- if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
- dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
- {
- while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
- {
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
- }
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
- objfile, offset);
- SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- }
- record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- /* Begin a new scope. */
- if (context_stack_depth == 1 /* this means we're at function level */ &&
- context_stack[0].name != NULL /* this means it's a function */ &&
- context_stack[0].depth == 0 /* this means it's the first BEGIN
- we've seen after the FUNCTION */
- )
- {
- /* This is the first BEGIN after a FUNCTION.
- * We ignore this one, since HP compilers always insert
- * at least one BEGIN, i.e. it's:
- *
- * FUNCTION
- * argument symbols
- * BEGIN
- * local symbols
- * (possibly nested BEGIN ... END's if there are inner { } blocks)
- * END
- * END
- *
- * By ignoring this first BEGIN, the local symbols get treated
- * as belonging to the function scope, and "print func::local_sym"
- * works (which is what we want).
- */
-
- /* All we do here is increase the depth count associated with
- * the FUNCTION entry in the context stack. This ensures that
- * the next BEGIN we see (if any), representing a real nested { }
- * block, will get processed.
- */
-
- context_stack[0].depth++;
-
- }
- else
- {
-
- /* Record lines up to this SLT pointer. */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
- objfile, offset);
- /* Calculate start address of new scope */
- valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
- /* We use the scope start DNTT index as nesting depth identifier! */
- desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- new = push_context (desc, valu);
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- /* End a scope. */
-
- /* Valid end kinds are:
- * MODULE
- * FUNCTION
- * WITH
- * COMMON
- * BEGIN
- * CLASS_SCOPE
- */
-
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dend.address,
- objfile, offset);
- switch (dn_bufp->dend.endkind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module.
- * Calling end_symtab() has the side effect of clearing the
- * last_source_file pointer, which in turn signals
- * process_one_debug_symbol() to treat the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE
- * record as a module-begin.
- */
- valu = text_offset + text_size + offset;
-
- /* Tell our caller that we're done with expanding the
- * debug information for a module.
- */
- *at_module_boundary_p = 1;
-
- /* Don't do this, as our caller will do it!
-
- * (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, 0);
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- /* Ending a function, well, ends the function's scope. */
- dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index,
- objfile);
- valu = dn_temp->dfunc.hiaddr + offset;
- /* Insert func params into local list */
- merge_symbol_lists (¶m_symbols, &local_symbols);
- new = pop_context ();
- /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
- finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
- new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
- WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0; /* This may have to change for Pascal */
- local_symbols = new->locals;
- param_symbols = new->params;
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- if (context_stack_depth == 1 &&
- context_stack[0].name != NULL &&
- context_stack[0].depth == 1)
- {
- /* This is the END corresponding to the
- * BEGIN which we ignored - see DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN case above.
- */
- context_stack[0].depth--;
- }
- else
- {
- /* Ending a local scope. */
- valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
- /* Why in the hell is this needed? */
- valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
- new = pop_context ();
- desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
- if (desc != new->depth)
- complain (&lbrac_mismatch_complaint, (char *) symnum);
-
- /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
- finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
- new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
- local_symbols = new->locals;
- param_symbols = new->params;
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- /* Since we ignore the DNTT_TYPE_WITH that starts the scope,
- * we can ignore the DNTT_TYPE_END that ends it.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- /* End a FORTRAN common block. We don't currently handle these */
- complain (&hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
-
- /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- must
- * maintain a stack */
- class_scope_name = NULL;
-
-#if 0
- /* End a class scope */
- valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
- /* Why in the hell is this needed? */
- valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
- new = pop_context ();
- desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
- if (desc != new->depth)
- complain (&lbrac_mismatch_complaint, (char *) symnum);
- /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
- finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
- new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
- local_symbols = new->locals;
- param_symbols = new->params;
-#endif
- break;
-
- default:
- complain (&hpread_unexpected_end_complaint);
- break;
- }
- break;
-
- /* DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT is not handled */
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = LABEL_NAMESPACE;
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
- /* Function parameters. */
- /* Note 1: This code was present in the 4.16 sources, and then
- removed, because fparams are handled in
- hpread_read_function_type(). However, while fparam symbols
- are indeed handled twice, this code here cannot be removed
- because then they don't get added to the local symbol list of
- the function's code block, which leads to a failure to look
- up locals, "this"-relative member names, etc. So I've put
- this code back in. pai/1997-07-21 */
- /* Note 2: To fix a defect, we stopped adding FPARAMS to local_symbols
- in hpread_read_function_type(), so FPARAMS had to be handled
- here. I changed the location to be the appropriate argument
- kinds rather than LOC_LOCAL. pai/1997-08-08 */
- /* Note 3: Well, the fix in Note 2 above broke argument printing
- in traceback frames, and further it makes assumptions about the
- order of the FPARAM entries from HP compilers (cc and aCC in particular
- generate them in reverse orders -- fixing one breaks for the other).
- So I've added code in hpread_read_function_type() to add fparams
- to a param_symbols list for the current context level. These are
- then merged into local_symbols when a function end is reached.
- pai/1997-08-11 */
-
- break; /* do nothing; handled in hpread_read_function_type() */
-
-#if 0 /* Old code */
- if (dn_bufp->dfparam.regparam)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
- else if (dn_bufp->dfparam.indirect)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
- else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- if (dn_bufp->dfparam.copyparam)
- {
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
-#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
- += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
-#endif
- }
- else
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfparam.type, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &fparam_symbols);
- break;
-#endif
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- /* Static variables. */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
-
- /* Note: There is a case that arises with globals in shared
- * libraries where we need to set the address to LOC_INDIRECT.
- * This case is if you have a global "g" in one library, and
- * it is referenced "extern <type> g;" in another library.
- * If we're processing the symbols for the referencing library,
- * we'll see a global "g", but in this case the address given
- * in the symbol table contains a pointer to the real "g".
- * We use the storage class LOC_INDIRECT to indicate this. RT
- */
- if (is_in_import_list (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), objfile))
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_INDIRECT;
-
- SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + data_offset;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsvar.type, objfile);
-
- if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
-
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
-
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
-
- if (dn_bufp->dsvar.thread_specific)
- {
- /* Thread-local variable.
- */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_THREAD_LOCAL_STATIC;
- SYMBOL_BASEREG (sym) = CR27_REGNUM;
-
- if (objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED)
- {
- /*
- * This variable is not only thread local but
- * in a shared library.
- *
- * Alas, the shared lib structures are private
- * to "somsolib.c". But C lets us point to one.
- */
- struct so_list *so;
-
- if (objfile->obj_private == NULL)
- error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
-
- so = ((obj_private_data_t *) (objfile->obj_private))->so_info;
- if (so == NULL)
- error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
-
- /* Thread-locals in shared libraries do NOT have the
- * standard offset ("data_offset"), so we re-calculate
- * where to look for this variable, using a call-back
- * to interpret the private shared-library data.
- */
- SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location +
- so_lib_thread_start_addr (so);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- /* Dynamic variables. */
- if (dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
- else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
-
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->ddvar.location;
-#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
- += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
-#endif
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddvar.type, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->ddvar.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- /* A constant (pascal?). */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dconst.location;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dconst.type, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dconst.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- /* A typedef. We do want to process these, since a name is
- * added to the namespace for the typedef'ed name.
- */
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dtype.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- {
- int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
- /* Structure, union, enum, template, or class tag definition */
- /* We do want to process these, since a name is
- * added to the namespace for the tag name (and if C++ class,
- * for the typename also).
- */
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
-
- /* The tag contains in its "type" field a pointer to the
- * DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT, DNTT_TYPE_UNION, DNTT_TYPE_ENUM,
- * DNTT_TYPE_CLASS or DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE
- * record that actually defines the type.
- */
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
- TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
- TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
- if (dn_bufp->dtag.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
-
- /* If this is a C++ class, then we additionally
- * need to define a typedef for the
- * class type. E.g., so that the name "c" becomes visible as
- * a type name when the user says "class c { ... }".
- * In order to figure this out, we need to chase down the "type"
- * field to get to the DNTT_TYPE_CLASS record.
- *
- * We also add the typename for ENUM. Though this isn't
- * strictly correct, it is necessary because of the debug info
- * generated by the aCC compiler, in which we cannot
- * distinguish between:
- * enum e { ... };
- * and
- * typedef enum { ... } e;
- * I.e., the compiler emits the same debug info for the above
- * two cases, in both cases "e" appearing as a tagdef.
- * Therefore go ahead and generate the typename so that
- * "ptype e" will work in the above cases.
- *
- * We also add the typename for TEMPLATE, so as to allow "ptype t"
- * when "t" is a template name.
- */
- if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtag.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
- else
- {
- complain (&hpread_tagdef_complaint);
- return;
- }
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
- dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
- {
- struct symbol *newsym;
-
- newsym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symbol));
- memset (newsym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (newsym) = name;
- SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (newsym) = language_auto;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (newsym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_LINE (newsym) = 0;
- SYMBOL_VALUE (newsym) = 0;
- SYMBOL_CLASS (newsym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (newsym) = sym->type;
- if (global)
- add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &file_symbols);
- }
- }
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- /* Declares a pointer type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
- /* Declares an enum type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- /* Member of enum */
- /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_enum_type() will take
- * care of walking the list of enumeration members.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
- /* Declares a set type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
- /* Declares a subrange type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
- /* Declares an array type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
- /* Declares an struct/union type.
- * Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
- /* Structure/union/class field */
- /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
- * care of walking the list of structure/union/class members.
- */
- break;
-
- /* DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT is not handled by GDB */
-
- /* DNTT_TYPE_FILE is not handled by GDB */
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
- /* Function type */
- /* Ignored at this level, handled within hpread_type_lookup() */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- /* This is emitted within methods to indicate "with <class>"
- * scoping rules (i.e., indicate that the class data members
- * are directly visible).
- * However, since GDB already infers this by looking at the
- * "this" argument, interpreting the DNTT_TYPE_WITH
- * symbol record is unnecessary.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- /* FORTRAN common. Not yet handled. */
- complain (&hpread_unhandled_common_complaint);
- break;
-
- /* DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT is not handled by GDB. */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_XREF is not handled by GDB. */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_SA is not handled by GDB. */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_MACRO is not handled by GDB */
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
- /* Not sure what this is - part of FORTRAN support maybe?
- * Anyway, not yet handled.
- */
- complain (&hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint);
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
-
-
-
- /* The compiler brackets member functions with a CLASS_SCOPE/END
- * pair of records, presumably to put them in a different scope
- * from the module scope where they are normally defined.
- * E.g., in the situation:
- * void f() { ... }
- * void c::f() { ...}
- * The member function "c::f" will be bracketed by a CLASS_SCOPE/END.
- * This causes "break f" at the module level to pick the
- * the file-level function f(), not the member function
- * (which needs to be referenced via "break c::f").
- *
- * Here we record the class name to generate the demangled names of
- * member functions later.
- *
- * FIXME Not being used now for anything -- cplus_demangle seems
- * enough for getting the class-qualified names of functions. We
- * may need this for handling nested classes and types. */
-
- /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- need to
- * maintain a stack */
-
- dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
- if (dn_temp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
- class_scope_name = VT (objfile) + dn_temp->dtag.name;
- else
- class_scope_name = NULL;
-
-#if 0
-
- /* Begin a new scope. */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address,
- objfile, offset);
- valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
- valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
- desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
- /* We use the scope start DNTT index as the nesting depth identifier! */
- new = push_context (desc, valu);
-#endif
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
- /* Declares a C++ reference type. Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
- /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. This does not
- * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
- * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
- /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. This does not
- * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
- * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
- /* Declares a class type.
- * Should not be necessary to do anything
- * with the type at this level; these are processed
- * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
- /* I believe this is used for class member functions */
- /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
- * care of walking the list of class members.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
- /* Virtual function */
- /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
- * the course of processing class symbols.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
- /* DDE ignores this symbol table record.
- * It has something to do with "modified access" to class members.
- * I'll assume we can safely ignore it too.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
- /* These don't have to be handled here, since they are handled
- * within hpread_read_struct_type() in the process of constructing
- * a class type.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
- /* These can safely be ignored, as GDB doesn't need this
- * info. DDE only uses it in "describe". We may later want
- * to extend GDB's "ptype" to give this info, but for now
- * it seems safe enough to ignore it.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
- /* Intended to supply "modified access" to a type */
- /* From the way DDE handles this, it looks like it always
- * modifies a type. Therefore it is safe to ignore it at this
- * level, and handle it in hpread_type_lookup().
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
- /* Just ignore this - that's all DDE does */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
- /* Member function */
- /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
- * the course of processing class symbols.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
- /* Member function */
- /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
- * the course of processing class symbols.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
- /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
- * which like a class, points to a member list and also points
- * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
- * We do not need to process TEMPLATE records at this level though.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
- /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
- * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
- * of the type-arguments.
- * We do not need to process TEMPLATE_ARG records at this level though.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
- /* This will get emitted for member functions of templates.
- * But we don't need to process this record at this level though,
- * we will process it in the course of processing a TEMPLATE
- * record.
- */
- break;
-
- case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
- /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. */
- /* It is not clear why this is needed, and furthermore aCC does
- * not appear to generate this, so I think we can safely ignore it. - RT
- */
- break;
-
- /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC is not handled by GDB */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE is not handled by GDB */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT is not handled by GDB */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN is not handled by GDB */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST is not handled by GDB */
- /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS is not handled by GDB */
-
- default:
- break;
- }
-}
-
-/* Get nesting depth for a DNTT entry.
- * DN_BUFP points to a DNTT entry.
- * OBJFILE is the object file.
- * REPORT_NESTED is a flag; if 0, real nesting depth is
- * reported, if it is 1, the function simply returns a
- * non-zero value if the nesting depth is anything > 0.
- *
- * Return value is an integer. 0 => not a local type / name
- * positive return => type or name is local to some
- * block or function.
- */
-
-
-/* elz: ATTENTION: FIXME: NOTE: WARNING!!!!
- this function now returns 0 right away. It was taking too much time
- at start up. Now, though, the local types are not handled correctly.
- */
-
-
-static int
-hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile,
- int report_nested)
-{
- register int index;
- register union dnttentry *dn_tmp;
- register short depth = 0;
-/****************************/
- return 0;
-/****************************/
-
- index = (((char *) dn_bufp) - LNTT (objfile)) / (sizeof (struct dntt_type_block));
-
- while (--index >= 0)
- {
- dn_tmp = hpread_get_lntt (index, objfile);
- switch (dn_tmp->dblock.kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- return depth;
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- /* index is signed int; dnttp.index is 29-bit unsigned int! */
- index = (int) dn_tmp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
- break;
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
- depth++;
- if (report_nested)
- return 1;
- break;
- default:
- break;
- }
- }
- return depth;
-}
-
-/* Adjust the bitoffsets for all fields of an anonymous union of
- type TYPE by negative BITS. This handles HP aCC's hideous habit
- of giving members of anonymous unions bit offsets relative to the
- enclosing structure instead of relative to the union itself. */
-
-static void
-hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *type, int bits)
-{
- register int i;
-
- /* This is done only for unions; caller had better check that
- it is an anonymous one. */
- if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
- return;
-
- /* Adjust each field; since this is a union, there are no base
- classes. Also no static membes. Also, no need for recursion as
- the members of this union if themeselves structs or unions, have
- the correct bitoffsets; if an anonymous union is a member of this
- anonymous union, the code in hpread_read_struct_type() will
- adjust for that. */
-
- for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
- TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) -= bits;
-}
-
-/* Because of quirks in HP compilers' treatment of anonymous unions inside
- classes, we have to chase through a chain of threaded FIELD entries.
- If we encounter an anonymous union in the chain, we must recursively skip over
- that too.
-
- This function does a "next" in the chain of FIELD entries, but transparently
- skips over anonymous unions' fields (recursively).
-
- Inputs are the number of times to do "next" at the top level, the dnttpointer
- (FIELD) and entry pointer (FIELDP) for the dntt record corresponding to it,
- and the ubiquitous objfile parameter. (Note: FIELDP is a **.) Return value
- is a dnttpointer for the new field after all the skipped ones */
-
-static dnttpointer
-hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (int skip_fields, dnttpointer field,
- union dnttentry **fieldp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type *anon_type;
- register int i;
- int bitoffset;
- char *name;
-
- for (i = 0; i < skip_fields; i++)
- {
- /* Get type of item we're looking at now; recursively processes the types
- of these intermediate items we skip over, so they aren't lost. */
- anon_type = hpread_type_lookup ((*fieldp)->dfield.type, objfile);
- anon_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (anon_type);
- bitoffset = (*fieldp)->dfield.bitoffset;
- name = VT (objfile) + (*fieldp)->dfield.name;
- /* First skip over one item to avoid stack death on recursion */
- field = (*fieldp)->dfield.nextfield;
- *fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
- /* Do we have another anonymous union? If so, adjust the bitoffsets
- of its members and skip over its members. */
- if ((TYPE_CODE (anon_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) &&
- (!name || STREQ (name, "")))
- {
- hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (anon_type, bitoffset);
- field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (TYPE_NFIELDS (anon_type), field, fieldp, objfile);
- }
- }
- return field;
-}
extern struct complaint lbrac_unmatched_complaint;
extern struct complaint lbrac_mismatch_complaint;
\f
+static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint =
+{
+ "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON/DNTT_TYPE_END.\n", 0, 0
+};
-void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_type_complaint =
+{
+ "hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type *hpread_read_array_type (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *,
- struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_struct_complaint =
+{
+ "hpread_read_struct_type: expected SVAR type...", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_array_complaint =
+{
+ "error in hpread_array_type.", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_type_lookup_complaint =
+{
+ "error in hpread_type_lookup().", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-static struct type *hpread_read_set_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_unexpected_end_complaint =
+{
+ "internal error in hp-symtab-read.c: Unexpected DNTT_TYPE_END kind.", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_tagdef_complaint =
+{
+ "error processing class tagdef", 0, 0
+};
-static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type
- (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
+static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_common_complaint =
+{
+ "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_COMMON.", 0, 0
+};
+
+static struct complaint hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint =
+{
+ "unhandled symbol in hp-symtab-read.c: DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA.", 0, 0
+};
+
+/* To generate dumping code, uncomment this define. The dumping
+ itself is controlled by routine-local statics called "dumping". */
+/* #define DUMPING 1 */
+
+/* To use the quick look-up tables, uncomment this define. */
+#define QUICK_LOOK_UP 1
+
+/* To call PXDB to process un-processed files, uncomment this define. */
+#define USE_PXDB 1
+
+/* Forward procedure declarations */
+
+void hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *);
+
+void do_pxdb (bfd *);
void hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *, int);
void hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *);
+static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *);
+
+static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *, int);
+
static struct partial_symtab *hpread_start_psymtab
(struct objfile *, char *, CORE_ADDR, int,
struct partial_symbol **, struct partial_symbol **);
(struct partial_symtab *, char **, int, int, CORE_ADDR,
struct partial_symtab **, int);
+static unsigned long hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+
+static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+
+static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+
+static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *);
+
+void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *);
+
static struct symtab *hpread_expand_symtab
(struct objfile *, int, int, CORE_ADDR, int,
struct section_offsets *, char *);
-static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol
- (union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *,
- struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int);
+static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer);
-static sltpointer hpread_record_lines
- (struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR);
+static struct type **hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
+
+static struct type *hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
+
+static struct type *hpread_read_enum_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
static struct type *hpread_read_function_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
+
+static struct type *hpread_read_doc_function_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
+
+static struct type *hpread_read_struct_type
(dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct type *hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *, int);
-static unsigned long hpread_get_depth (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct type *hpread_read_templ_arg_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, char *);
-static unsigned long hpread_get_line (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct type *hpread_read_set_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-static CORE_ADDR hpread_get_location (sltpointer, struct objfile *);
+static struct type *hpread_read_array_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile);
-static int hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer);
-static unsigned long hpread_get_textlow (int, int, struct objfile *);
-static union dnttentry *hpread_get_gntt (int, struct objfile *);
-static union dnttentry *hpread_get_lntt (int, struct objfile *);
-static union sltentry *hpread_get_slt (int, struct objfile *);
-static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *);
-static void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *);
-static int hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type);
-\f
+static struct type *hpread_read_subrange_type
+ (dnttpointer, union dnttentry *, struct objfile *);
-/* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE.
+static struct type *hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer, struct objfile *);
- It's only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private
- per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug
- sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data
- structures).
+static sltpointer hpread_record_lines
+ (struct subfile *, sltpointer, sltpointer, struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR);
- Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent
- way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may
- be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols.
- FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment here. */
+static void hpread_process_one_debug_symbol
+ (union dnttentry *, char *, struct section_offsets *,
+ struct objfile *, CORE_ADDR, int, char *, int, int *);
-void
-hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section;
+static int hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *, struct objfile *, int);
- /* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */
- objfile->sym_private = (PTR)
- xmmalloc (objfile->md, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
- memset (objfile->sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
+static void fix_static_member_physnames
+ (struct type *, char *, struct objfile *);
- /* We haven't read in any types yet. */
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0;
+static void fixup_class_method_type
+ (struct type *, struct type *, struct objfile *);
- /* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */
- gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$");
- if (!gntt_section)
- return;
+static void hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *, int);
- GNTT (objfile)
- = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
+static dnttpointer hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions
+ (int, dnttpointer, union dnttentry **, struct objfile *);
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
+\f
+/* Global to indicate presence of HP-compiled objects,
+ in particular, SOM executable file with SOM debug info
+ Defined in symtab.c, used in hppa-tdep.c. */
+extern int hp_som_som_object_present;
- GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
- = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)
- / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+/* Static used to indicate a class type that requires a
+ fix-up of one of its method types */
+static struct type *fixup_class = NULL;
- /* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number
- of LNTT symbols. */
- lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$");
- if (!lntt_section)
- return;
+/* Static used to indicate the method type that is to be
+ used to fix-up the type for fixup_class */
+static struct type *fixup_method = NULL;
- LNTT (objfile)
- = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
+#ifdef USE_PXDB
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
+/* NOTE use of system files! May not be portable. */
- LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
- = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)
- / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+#define PXDB_SVR4 "/opt/langtools/bin/pxdb"
+#define PXDB_BSD "/usr/bin/pxdb"
- /* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information
- on source line numbers. */
- slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$");
- if (!slt_section)
- return;
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "gdb_string.h"
- SLT (objfile) =
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
+/* check for the existence of a file, given its full pathname */
+int
+file_exists (char *filename)
+{
+ if (filename)
+ return (access (filename, F_OK) == 0);
+ return 0;
+}
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile),
- 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
- /* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like
- names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */
- vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$");
- if (!vt_section)
- return;
+/* Translate from the "hp_language" enumeration in hp-symtab.h
+ used in the debug info to gdb's generic enumeration in defs.h. */
+static enum language
+trans_lang (enum hp_language in_lang)
+{
+ if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_C)
+ return language_c;
- VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section);
+ else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
+ return language_cplus;
- VT (objfile) =
- (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
- VT_SIZE (objfile));
+ else if (in_lang == HP_LANGUAGE_FORTRAN)
+ return language_fortran;
- bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile),
- 0, VT_SIZE (objfile));
+ else
+ return language_unknown;
}
-/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
-
- The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been
- read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the
- native debugging information.
+static char main_string[] = "main";
+\f
+/* Call PXDB to process our file.
- We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the
- symbol reader's private data structures.
+ Approach copied from DDE's "dbgk_run_pxdb". Note: we
+ don't check for BSD location of pxdb, nor for existence
+ of pxdb itself, etc.
- MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol
- table (as opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */
+ NOTE: uses system function and string functions directly.
-void
-hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline)
+ Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
+int
+hpread_call_pxdb (const char *file_name)
{
- char *namestring;
- int past_first_source_file = 0;
- struct cleanup *old_chain;
+ char *p;
+ int status;
+ int retval;
- int hp_symnum, symcount, i;
+ if (file_exists (PXDB_SVR4))
+ {
+ p = xmalloc (strlen (PXDB_SVR4) + strlen (file_name) + 2);
+ strcpy (p, PXDB_SVR4);
+ strcat (p, " ");
+ strcat (p, file_name);
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- unsigned long valu;
- char *p;
- int texthigh = 0;
- int have_name = 0;
+ warning ("File not processed by pxdb--about to process now.\n");
+ status = system (p);
- /* Current partial symtab */
- struct partial_symtab *pst;
+ retval = (status == 0);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ warning ("pxdb not found at standard location: /opt/langtools/bin\ngdb will not be able to debug %s.\nPlease install pxdb at the above location and then restart gdb.\nYou can also run pxdb on %s with the command\n\"pxdb %s\" and then restart gdb.", file_name, file_name, file_name);
- /* List of current psymtab's include files */
- char **psymtab_include_list;
- int includes_allocated;
- int includes_used;
+ retval = 0;
+ }
+ return retval;
+} /* hpread_call_pxdb */
+\f
- /* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
- struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
- int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
+/* Return 1 if the file turns out to need pre-processing
+ by PXDB, and we have thus called PXDB to do this processing
+ and the file therefore needs to be re-loaded. Otherwise
+ return 0. */
+int
+hpread_pxdb_needed (bfd *sym_bfd)
+{
+ asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
+ unsigned int do_pxdb;
+ char *buf;
+ bfd_size_type header_section_size;
- /* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */
- free_pending_blocks ();
- make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
+ unsigned long tmp;
+ unsigned int pxdbed;
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
+ header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$HEADER$");
+ if (!header_section)
+ {
+ return 0; /* No header at all, can't recover... */
+ }
- /* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids
- a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes
- in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */
+ debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$DEBUG$");
+ pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (sym_bfd, "$PINFO$");
- includes_allocated = 30;
- includes_used = 0;
- psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
- sizeof (char *));
+ if (pinfo_section && !debug_section)
+ {
+ /* Debug info with DOC, has different header format.
+ this only happens if the file was pxdbed and compiled optimized
+ otherwise the PINFO section is not there. */
+ header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
- dependencies_allocated = 30;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- dependency_list =
- (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
- sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
+ if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header))
+ {
+ buf = alloca (sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
- old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile);
+ if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
+ header_section,
+ buf, 0,
+ header_section_size))
+ error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
- last_source_file = 0;
+ tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 4));
+ pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
- /* Make two passes, one ofr the GNTT symbols, the other for the
- LNTT symbols. */
- for (i = 0; i < 1; i++)
- {
- int within_function = 0;
+ if (!pxdbed)
+ error ("file debug header info invalid\n");
+ do_pxdb = 0;
+ }
- if (i)
- symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
else
- symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
+ error ("invalid $HEADER$ size in executable \n");
+ }
+
+ else
+ {
- for (hp_symnum = 0; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++)
+ /* this can be three different cases:
+ 1. pxdbed and not doc
+ - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
+ - header is PXDB_header type
+ - pxdbed flag is set to 1
+
+ 2. not pxdbed and doc
+ - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
+ - header is DOC_info_header type
+ - pxdbed flag is set to 0
+
+ 3. not pxdbed and not doc
+ - DEBUG and HEADER sections are there
+ - header is XDB_header type
+ - pxdbed flag is set to 0
+
+ NOTE: the pxdbed flag is meaningful also in the not
+ already pxdb processed version of the header,
+ because in case on non-already processed by pxdb files
+ that same bit in the header would be always zero.
+ Why? Because the bit is the leftmost bit of a word
+ which contains a 'length' which is always a positive value
+ so that bit is never set to 1 (otherwise it would be negative)
+
+ Given the above, we have two choices : either we ignore the
+ size of the header itself and just look at the pxdbed field,
+ or we check the size and then we (for safety and paranoia related
+ issues) check the bit.
+ The first solution is used by DDE, the second by PXDB itself.
+ I am using the second one here, because I already wrote it,
+ and it is the end of a long day.
+ Also, using the first approach would still involve size issues
+ because we need to read in the contents of the header section, and
+ give the correct amount of stuff we want to read to the
+ get_bfd_section_contents function. */
+
+ /* decide which case depending on the size of the header section.
+ The size is as defined in hp-symtab.h */
+
+ header_section_size = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, header_section);
+
+ if (header_section_size == (bfd_size_type) sizeof (PXDB_header)) /* pxdb and not doc */
{
- QUIT;
- if (i)
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
+
+ buf = alloca (sizeof (PXDB_header));
+ if (!bfd_get_section_contents (sym_bfd,
+ header_section,
+ buf, 0,
+ header_section_size))
+ error ("bfd_get_section_contents\n");
+
+ tmp = bfd_get_32 (sym_bfd, (bfd_byte *) (buf + sizeof (int) * 3));
+ pxdbed = (tmp >> 31) & 0x1;
+
+ if (pxdbed)
+ do_pxdb = 0;
else
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
+ error ("file debug header invalid\n");
+ }
+ else /*not pxdbed and doc OR not pxdbed and non doc */
+ do_pxdb = 1;
+ }
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
+ if (do_pxdb)
+ {
+ return 1;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ return 0;
+ }
+} /* hpread_pxdb_needed */
- /* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols.
- everything else is ignored. */
- switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- {
- /* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply
- be an included file. */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+#endif
- /* Check if this is the source file we are already working
- with. */
- if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename))
- continue;
+/* Check whether the file needs to be preprocessed by pxdb.
+ If so, call pxdb. */
- /* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have
- already seen it. Add it to the include list */
- p = strrchr (namestring, '.');
- if (!strcmp (p, ".h"))
- {
- int j, found;
+void
+do_pxdb (bfd *sym_bfd)
+{
+ /* The following code is HP-specific. The "right" way of
+ doing this is unknown, but we bet would involve a target-
+ specific pre-file-load check using a generic mechanism. */
- found = 0;
- for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++)
- if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j]))
- {
- found = 1;
- break;
- }
- if (found)
- continue;
+ /* This code will not be executed if the file is not in SOM
+ format (i.e. if compiled with gcc) */
+ if (hpread_pxdb_needed (sym_bfd))
+ {
+ /*This file has not been pre-processed. Preprocess now */
- /* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and
- allocate more include space if necessary. */
- psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
- if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
- {
- char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
+ if (hpread_call_pxdb (sym_bfd->filename))
+ {
+ /* The call above has changed the on-disk file,
+ we can close the file anyway, because the
+ symbols will be reread in when the target is run */
+ bfd_close (sym_bfd);
+ }
+ }
+}
+\f
- psymtab_include_list = (char **)
- alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
- sizeof (char *));
- memcpy ((PTR) psymtab_include_list, (PTR) orig,
- includes_used * sizeof (char *));
- }
- continue;
- }
+#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
- if (pst)
- {
- if (!have_name)
- {
- pst->filename = (char *)
- obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- strlen (namestring) + 1);
- strcpy (pst->filename, namestring);
- have_name = 1;
- continue;
- }
- continue;
- }
+/* Code to handle quick lookup-tables follows. */
- /* This is a bonafide new source file.
- End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */
- if (pst && past_first_source_file)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list,
- includes_used,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- texthigh,
- dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
- includes_used = 0;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- }
- else
- past_first_source_file = 1;
+/* Some useful macros */
+#define VALID_FILE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
+#define VALID_MODULE(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
+#define VALID_PROC(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
+#define VALID_CLASS(i) ((i) < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
- valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile);
- valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- namestring, valu,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- texthigh = valu;
- have_name = 1;
- continue;
- }
+#define FILE_START(i) (qFD[i].adrStart)
+#define MODULE_START(i) (qMD[i].adrStart)
+#define PROC_START(i) (qPD[i].adrStart)
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the
- real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE
- is supposed to be. */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile);
- valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- namestring, valu,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- texthigh = valu;
- have_name = 0;
- }
- continue;
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- /* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote
- a secondary entry point. */
- valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
- SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- if (valu > texthigh)
- texthigh = valu;
- valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr +
- ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
- &objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- within_function = 1;
- continue;
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- /* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function
- and file blocks right now. */
- if (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_MODULE)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- texthigh,
- dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
- includes_used = 0;
- dependencies_used = 0;
- have_name = 0;
- }
- if (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION)
- within_function = 0;
- continue;
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- {
- /* Variables, typedefs an the like. */
- enum address_class storage;
- namespace_enum namespace;
+#define FILE_END(i) (qFD[i].adrEnd)
+#define MODULE_END(i) (qMD[i].adrEnd)
+#define PROC_END(i) (qPD[i].adrEnd)
- /* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */
- if (within_function
- && (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR
- || dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR))
- continue;
+#define FILE_ISYM(i) (qFD[i].isym)
+#define MODULE_ISYM(i) (qMD[i].isym)
+#define PROC_ISYM(i) (qPD[i].isym)
- /* TAGDEFs go into the structure namespace. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
- namespace = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
- else
- namespace = VAR_NAMESPACE;
+#define VALID_CURR_FILE (curr_fd < pxdb_header_p->fd_entries)
+#define VALID_CURR_MODULE (curr_md < pxdb_header_p->md_entries)
+#define VALID_CURR_PROC (curr_pd < pxdb_header_p->pd_entries)
+#define VALID_CURR_CLASS (curr_cd < pxdb_header_p->cd_entries)
- /* What kind of "storage" does this use? */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
- storage = LOC_STATIC;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR
- && dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
- storage = LOC_REGISTER;
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
- storage = LOC_LOCAL;
- else
- storage = LOC_UNDEF;
+#define CURR_FILE_START (qFD[curr_fd].adrStart)
+#define CURR_MODULE_START (qMD[curr_md].adrStart)
+#define CURR_PROC_START (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart)
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "globals", 0,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- }
- if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- namespace, storage,
- &objfile->global_psymbols,
- dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
- else
- {
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- namespace, storage,
- &objfile->static_psymbols,
- dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- }
- continue;
- }
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- /* Constants and members of enumerated types. */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
- if (!pst)
- {
- pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
- "globals", 0,
- (hp_symnum
- * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
- objfile->global_psymbols.next,
- objfile->static_psymbols.next);
- }
- add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
- VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
- &objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
- 0, language_unknown, objfile);
- continue;
- default:
- continue;
- }
- }
- }
+#define CURR_FILE_END (qFD[curr_fd].adrEnd)
+#define CURR_MODULE_END (qMD[curr_md].adrEnd)
+#define CURR_PROC_END (qPD[curr_pd].adrEnd)
- /* End any pending partial symbol table. */
- if (pst)
- {
- hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
- hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
- 0, dependency_list, dependencies_used);
- }
+#define CURR_FILE_ISYM (qFD[curr_fd].isym)
+#define CURR_MODULE_ISYM (qMD[curr_md].isym)
+#define CURR_PROC_ISYM (qPD[curr_pd].isym)
- discard_cleanups (old_chain);
-}
+#define TELL_OBJFILE \
+ do { \
+ if( !told_objfile ) { \
+ told_objfile = 1; \
+ warning ("\nIn object file \"%s\":\n", \
+ objfile->name); \
+ } \
+ } while (0)
+\f
-/* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular
- objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information
- for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the
- objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */
-void
-hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile)
+/* Keeping track of the start/end symbol table (LNTT) indices of
+ psymtabs created so far */
+
+typedef struct
{
- if (objfile->sym_private != NULL)
- {
- xmfree (objfile->md, objfile->sym_private);
- }
+ int start;
+ int end;
}
-\f
+pst_syms_struct;
-/* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */
+static pst_syms_struct *pst_syms_array = 0;
-/* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */
+static pst_syms_count = 0;
+static pst_syms_size = 0;
-static union dnttentry *
-hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+/* used by the TELL_OBJFILE macro */
+static boolean told_objfile = 0;
+
+/* Set up psymtab symbol index stuff */
+static void
+init_pst_syms (void)
{
- return (union dnttentry *)
- &(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
+ pst_syms_count = 0;
+ pst_syms_size = 20;
+ pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xmalloc (20 * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
}
-static union dnttentry *
-hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+/* Clean up psymtab symbol index stuff */
+static void
+clear_pst_syms (void)
{
- return (union dnttentry *)
- &(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
+ pst_syms_count = 0;
+ pst_syms_size = 0;
+ xfree (pst_syms_array);
+ pst_syms_array = 0;
}
-static union sltentry *
-hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+/* Add information about latest psymtab to symbol index table */
+static void
+record_pst_syms (int start_sym, int end_sym)
{
- return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]);
+ if (++pst_syms_count > pst_syms_size)
+ {
+ pst_syms_array = (pst_syms_struct *) xrealloc (pst_syms_array,
+ 2 * pst_syms_size * sizeof (pst_syms_struct));
+ pst_syms_size *= 2;
+ }
+ pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].start = start_sym;
+ pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end = end_sym;
}
-/* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start
- of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not
- stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we
- must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */
+/* Find a suitable symbol table index which can serve as the upper
+ bound of a psymtab that starts at INDEX
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+ This scans backwards in the psymtab symbol index table to find a
+ "hole" in which the given index can fit. This is a heuristic!!
+ We don't search the entire table to check for multiple holes,
+ we don't care about overlaps, etc.
+
+ Return 0 => not found */
+static int
+find_next_pst_start (int index)
{
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
+ int i;
- /* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */
- do
- {
- if (global)
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile);
- else
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile);
- }
- while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION
- && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END);
+ for (i = pst_syms_count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
+ if (pst_syms_array[i].end <= index)
+ return (i == pst_syms_count - 1) ? 0 : pst_syms_array[i + 1].start - 1;
- /* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This
- might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END)
- return 0;
+ if (pst_syms_array[0].start > index)
+ return pst_syms_array[0].start - 1;
- /* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */
- msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
- objfile);
- if (msymbol)
- return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
- else
- return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr;
+ return 0;
}
+\f
-/* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_depth (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
+/* Utility functions to find the ending symbol index for a psymtab */
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index;
+/* Find the next file entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
+ its starting symbol index - 1.
+ QFD is the file table, CURR_FD is the file entry from where to start,
+ PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
+
+ Return 0 => not found */
+static int
+find_next_file_isym (int index, quick_file_entry *qFD, int curr_fd,
+ PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
+{
+ while (VALID_CURR_FILE)
+ {
+ if (CURR_FILE_ISYM >= index)
+ return CURR_FILE_ISYM - 1;
+ curr_fd++;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-/* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */
+/* Find the next procedure entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
+ its starting symbol index - 1.
+ QPD is the procedure table, CURR_PD is the proc entry from where to start,
+ PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
-static unsigned long
-hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
+ Return 0 => not found */
+static int
+find_next_proc_isym (int index, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int curr_pd,
+ PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
-
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->snorm.line;
+ while (VALID_CURR_PROC)
+ {
+ if (CURR_PROC_ISYM >= index)
+ return CURR_PROC_ISYM - 1;
+ curr_pd++;
+ }
+ return 0;
}
-static CORE_ADDR
-hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- union sltentry *sl_bufp;
- int i;
-
- /* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
+/* Find the next module entry that begins beyond INDEX, and return
+ its starting symbol index - 1.
+ QMD is the module table, CURR_MD is the modue entry from where to start,
+ PXDB_HEADER_P as in hpread_quick_traverse (to allow macros to work).
- if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END)
+ Return 0 => not found */
+static int
+find_next_module_isym (int index, quick_module_entry *qMD, int curr_md,
+ PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
+{
+ while (VALID_CURR_MODULE)
{
- /* find previous normal sltentry and get address */
- for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
+ if (CURR_MODULE_ISYM >= index)
+ return CURR_MODULE_ISYM - 1;
+ curr_md++;
}
-
- /* find next normal sltentry and get address */
- for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
- (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
- sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile);
- return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
+ return 0;
}
-\f
-/* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with
- it, else return 0. */
+/* Scan and record partial symbols for all functions starting from index
+ pointed to by CURR_PD_P, and between code addresses START_ADR and END_ADR.
+ Other parameters are explained in comments below. */
+
+/* This used to be inline in hpread_quick_traverse, but now that we do
+ essentially the same thing for two different cases (modules and
+ module-less files), it's better organized in a separate routine,
+ although it does take lots of arguments. pai/1997-10-08
+
+ CURR_PD_P is the pointer to the current proc index. QPD is the
+ procedure quick lookup table. MAX_PROCS is the number of entries
+ in the proc. table. START_ADR is the beginning of the code range
+ for the current psymtab. end_adr is the end of the code range for
+ the current psymtab. PST is the current psymtab. VT_bits is
+ a pointer to the strings table of SOM debug space. OBJFILE is
+ the current object file. */
static int
-hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind)
+scan_procs (int *curr_pd_p, quick_procedure_entry *qPD, int max_procs,
+ CORE_ADDR start_adr, CORE_ADDR end_adr, struct partial_symtab *pst,
+ char *vt_bits, struct objfile *objfile)
{
- switch (kind)
- {
- case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
- case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
- case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
- return 1;
+ union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
+ int symbol_count = 0; /* Total number of symbols in this psymtab */
+ int curr_pd = *curr_pd_p; /* Convenience variable -- avoid dereferencing pointer all the time */
- case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- case DNTT_TYPE_END:
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
- case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
- case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
- case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
- default:
- return 0;
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine */
+ static int dumping = 0;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Scan_procs called, addresses %x to %x, proc %x\n", start_adr, end_adr, curr_pd);
}
-}
+#endif
-/* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be
- completely filled at the end of the symbol list.
+ while ((CURR_PROC_START <= end_adr) && (curr_pd < max_procs))
+ {
- SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR
- is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0
- (normal). */
+ char *rtn_name; /* mangled name */
+ char *rtn_dem_name; /* qualified demangled name */
+ char *class_name;
+ int class;
-static struct partial_symtab *
-hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename,
- CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff,
- struct partial_symbol **global_syms,
- struct partial_symbol **static_syms)
-{
- struct partial_symtab *result =
- start_psymtab_common (objfile, section_offsets,
- filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms);
+ if ((trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language) == language_cplus) &&
+ vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias]) /* not a null string */
+ {
+ /* Get mangled name for the procedure, and demangle it */
+ rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbAlias];
+ rtn_dem_name = cplus_demangle (rtn_name, DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ rtn_name = &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc];
+ rtn_dem_name = NULL;
+ }
- result->read_symtab_private = (char *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc));
- LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff;
- result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab;
+ /* Hack to get around HP C/C++ compilers' insistence on providing
+ "_MAIN_" as an alternate name for "main" */
+ if ((strcmp (rtn_name, "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
+ (strcmp (&vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], "main") == 0))
+ rtn_dem_name = rtn_name = main_string;
- return result;
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("..add %s (demangled %s), index %x to this psymtab\n", rtn_name, rtn_dem_name, curr_pd);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Check for module-spanning routines. */
+ if (CURR_PROC_END > end_adr)
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] spans file or module boundaries.", rtn_name, curr_pd);
+ }
+
+ /* Add this routine symbol to the list in the objfile.
+ Unfortunately we have to go to the LNTT to determine the
+ correct list to put it on. An alternative (which the
+ code used to do) would be to not check and always throw
+ it on the "static" list. But if we go that route, then
+ symbol_lookup() needs to be tweaked a bit to account
+ for the fact that the function might not be found on
+ the correct list in the psymtab. - RT */
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (qPD[curr_pd].isym, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
+ add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
+ strlen (rtn_name),
+ rtn_dem_name,
+ strlen (rtn_dem_name),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE,
+ LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
+ &objfile->global_psymbols,
+ (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
+ ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
+ 0, /* core addr?? */
+ trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
+ objfile);
+ else
+ add_psymbol_with_dem_name_to_list (rtn_name,
+ strlen (rtn_name),
+ rtn_dem_name,
+ strlen (rtn_dem_name),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE,
+ LOC_BLOCK, /* "I am a routine" */
+ &objfile->static_psymbols,
+ (qPD[curr_pd].adrStart + /* Starting address of rtn */
+ ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile))),
+ 0, /* core addr?? */
+ trans_lang ((enum hp_language) qPD[curr_pd].language),
+ objfile);
+
+ symbol_count++;
+ *curr_pd_p = ++curr_pd; /* bump up count & reflect in caller */
+ } /* loop over procedures */
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ if (symbol_count == 0)
+ printf ("Scan_procs: no symbols found!\n");
+ }
+#endif
+
+ return symbol_count;
}
-\f
-/* Close off the current usage of PST.
- Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away.
- FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */
+/* Traverse the quick look-up tables, building a set of psymtabs.
-static struct partial_symtab *
-hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list,
- int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset,
- CORE_ADDR capping_text,
- struct partial_symtab **dependency_list,
- int number_dependencies)
-{
- int i;
- struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile;
+ This constructs a psymtab for modules and files in the quick lookup
+ tables.
- if (capping_symbol_offset != -1)
- LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst);
- pst->texthigh = capping_text;
+ Mostly, modules correspond to compilation units, so we try to
+ create psymtabs that correspond to modules; however, in some cases
+ a file can result in a compiled object which does not have a module
+ entry for it, so in such cases we create a psymtab for the file. */
- pst->n_global_syms =
- objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset);
- pst->n_static_syms =
- objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
+int
+hpread_quick_traverse (struct objfile *objfile, char *gntt_bits,
+ char *vt_bits, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
+{
+ struct partial_symtab *pst;
- pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies;
- if (number_dependencies)
- {
- pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list,
- number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- }
- else
- pst->dependencies = 0;
+ char *addr;
- for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++)
- {
- struct partial_symtab *subpst =
- allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile);
+ quick_procedure_entry *qPD;
+ quick_file_entry *qFD;
+ quick_module_entry *qMD;
+ quick_class_entry *qCD;
- subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets;
- subpst->read_symtab_private =
- (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct symloc));
- LDSYMOFF (subpst) =
- LDSYMLEN (subpst) =
- subpst->textlow =
- subpst->texthigh = 0;
+ int idx;
+ int i;
+ CORE_ADDR start_adr; /* current psymtab's starting code addr */
+ CORE_ADDR end_adr; /* current psymtab's ending code addr */
+ CORE_ADDR next_mod_adr; /* next module's starting code addr */
+ int curr_pd; /* current procedure */
+ int curr_fd; /* current file */
+ int curr_md; /* current module */
+ int start_sym; /* current psymtab's starting symbol index */
+ int end_sym; /* current psymtab's ending symbol index */
+ int max_LNTT_sym_index;
+ int syms_in_pst;
+ B_TYPE *class_entered;
+
+ struct partial_symbol **global_syms; /* We'll be filling in the "global" */
+ struct partial_symbol **static_syms; /* and "static" tables in the objfile
+ as we go, so we need a pair of
+ current pointers. */
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ /* Turn this on for lots of debugging information in this routine.
+ You get a blow-by-blow account of quick lookup table reading */
+ static int dumping = 0;
+#endif
- /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these,
- shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */
- subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
- sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
- subpst->dependencies[0] = pst;
- subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1;
+ pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
- subpst->globals_offset =
- subpst->n_global_syms =
- subpst->statics_offset =
- subpst->n_static_syms = 0;
+ /* Clear out some globals */
+ init_pst_syms ();
+ told_objfile = 0;
- subpst->readin = 0;
- subpst->symtab = 0;
- subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab;
+ /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
+ as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
+ if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
+ {
+ /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
+ set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
}
- sort_pst_symbols (pst);
+ /* First we need to find the starting points of the quick
+ look-up tables in the GNTT. */
- /* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it.
- (If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.)
- This happens in VxWorks. */
- free_named_symtabs (pst->filename);
+ addr = gntt_bits;
- if (num_includes == 0
- && number_dependencies == 0
- && pst->n_global_syms == 0
- && pst->n_static_syms == 0)
+ qPD = (quick_procedure_entry_ptr) addr;
+ addr += pxdb_header_p->pd_entries * sizeof (quick_procedure_entry);
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
{
- /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since
- it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list. */
- /* Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have
- any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check
- is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else
- is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing
- things down might be tricky. */
+ printf ("\n Printing routines as we see them\n");
+ for (i = 0; VALID_PROC (i); i++)
+ {
+ idx = (long) qPD[i].sbProc;
+ printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
+ (int) PROC_START (i),
+ (int) PROC_END (i));
+ }
+ }
+#endif
- discard_psymtab (pst);
+ qFD = (quick_file_entry_ptr) addr;
+ addr += pxdb_header_p->fd_entries * sizeof (quick_file_entry);
- /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */
- pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL;
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("\n Printing files as we see them\n");
+ for (i = 0; VALID_FILE (i); i++)
+ {
+ idx = (long) qFD[i].sbFile;
+ printf ("%s %x..%x\n", &vt_bits[idx],
+ (int) FILE_START (i),
+ (int) FILE_END (i));
+ }
}
- return pst;
-}
-\f
-/* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol
- table. */
-
-static void
-hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst)
-{
- struct cleanup *old_chain;
- int i;
+#endif
- /* Get out quick if passed junk. */
- if (!pst)
- return;
+ qMD = (quick_module_entry_ptr) addr;
+ addr += pxdb_header_p->md_entries * sizeof (quick_module_entry);
- /* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */
- if (pst->readin)
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
{
- fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
- pst->filename);
- return;
+ printf ("\n Printing modules as we see them\n");
+ for (i = 0; i < pxdb_header_p->md_entries; i++)
+ {
+ idx = (long) qMD[i].sbMod;
+ printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
+ }
}
+#endif
- /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */
- for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
- if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
- {
- /* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */
- if (info_verbose)
- {
- fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
- wrap_here ("");
- fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
- wrap_here ("");
- printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
- wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
- gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
- }
- hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]);
- }
+ qCD = (quick_class_entry_ptr) addr;
+ addr += pxdb_header_p->cd_entries * sizeof (quick_class_entry);
- /* If it's real... */
- if (LDSYMLEN (pst))
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
{
- /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */
- buildsym_init ();
- old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
-
- pst->symtab =
- hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst),
- pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow,
- pst->section_offsets, pst->filename);
- sort_symtab_syms (pst->symtab);
+ printf ("\n Printing classes as we see them\n");
+ for (i = 0; VALID_CLASS (i); i++)
+ {
+ idx = (long) qCD[i].sbClass;
+ printf ("%s\n", &vt_bits[idx]);
+ }
- do_cleanups (old_chain);
+ printf ("\n Done with dump, on to build!\n");
}
+#endif
- pst->readin = 1;
-}
+ /* We need this index only while hp-symtab-read.c expects
+ a byte offset to the end of the LNTT entries for a given
+ psymtab. Thus the need for it should go away someday.
+
+ When it goes away, then we won't have any need to load the
+ LNTT from the objfile at psymtab-time, and start-up will be
+ faster. To make that work, we'll need some way to create
+ a null pst for the "globals" pseudo-module. */
+ max_LNTT_sym_index = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
+
+ /* Scan the module descriptors and make a psymtab for each.
+
+ We know the MDs, FDs and the PDs are in order by starting
+ address. We use that fact to traverse all three arrays in
+ parallel, knowing when the next PD is in a new file
+ and we need to create a new psymtab. */
+ curr_pd = 0; /* Current procedure entry */
+ curr_fd = 0; /* Current file entry */
+ curr_md = 0; /* Current module entry */
+
+ start_adr = 0; /* Current psymtab code range */
+ end_adr = 0;
+
+ start_sym = 0; /* Current psymtab symbol range */
+ end_sym = 0;
+
+ syms_in_pst = 0; /* Symbol count for psymtab */
+
+ /* Psts actually just have pointers into the objfile's
+ symbol table, not their own symbol tables. */
+ global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.list;
+ static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.list;
+
+
+ /* First skip over pseudo-entries with address 0. These represent inlined
+ routines and abstract (uninstantiated) template routines.
+ FIXME: These should be read in and available -- even if we can't set
+ breakpoints, etc., there's some information that can be presented
+ to the user. pai/1997-10-08 */
+
+ while (VALID_CURR_PROC && (CURR_PROC_START == 0))
+ curr_pd++;
+
+ /* Loop over files, modules, and procedures in code address order. Each
+ time we enter an iteration of this loop, curr_pd points to the first
+ unprocessed procedure, curr_fd points to the first unprocessed file, and
+ curr_md to the first unprocessed module. Each iteration of this loop
+ updates these as required -- any or all of them may be bumpd up
+ each time around. When we exit this loop, we are done with all files
+ and modules in the tables -- there may still be some procedures, however.
+
+ Note: This code used to loop only over module entries, under the assumption
+ that files can occur via inclusions and are thus unreliable, while a
+ compiled object always corresponds to a module. With CTTI in the HP aCC
+ compiler, it turns out that compiled objects may have only files and no
+ modules; so we have to loop over files and modules, creating psymtabs for
+ either as appropriate. Unfortunately there are some problems (notably:
+ 1. the lack of "SRC_FILE_END" entries in the LNTT, 2. the lack of pointers
+ to the ending symbol indices of a module or a file) which make it quite hard
+ to do this correctly. Currently it uses a bunch of heuristics to start and
+ end psymtabs; they seem to work well with most objects generated by aCC, but
+ who knows when that will change... */
+
+ while (VALID_CURR_FILE || VALID_CURR_MODULE)
+ {
-/* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real.
- Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */
+ char *mod_name_string;
+ char *full_name_string;
-static void
-hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
-{
- /* Get out quick if given junk. */
- if (!pst)
- return;
+ /* First check for modules like "version.c", which have no code
+ in them but still have qMD entries. They also have no qFD or
+ qPD entries. Their start address is -1 and their end address
+ is 0. */
+ if (VALID_CURR_MODULE && (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) && (CURR_MODULE_END == 0))
+ {
- /* Sanity check. */
- if (pst->readin)
- {
- fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
- pst->filename);
- return;
- }
+ mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
- if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies)
- {
- /* Print the message now, before reading the string table,
- to avoid disconcerting pauses. */
- if (info_verbose)
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("Module with data only %s\n", mod_name_string);
+#endif
+
+ /* We'll skip the rest (it makes error-checking easier), and
+ just make an empty pst. Right now empty psts are not put
+ in the pst chain, so all this is for naught, but later it
+ might help. */
+
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ mod_name_string,
+ CURR_MODULE_START, /* Low text address: bogus! */
+ (CURR_MODULE_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ /* ldsymoff */
+ global_syms,
+ static_syms);
+
+ pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
+ NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
+ 0, /* includes_used */
+ end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ /* byte index in LNTT of end
+ = capping symbol offset
+ = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
+ 0, /* text high */
+ NULL, /* dependency_list */
+ 0); /* dependencies_used */
+
+ global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
+ static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
+
+ curr_md++;
+ }
+ else if (VALID_CURR_MODULE &&
+ ((CURR_MODULE_START == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_START == -1) ||
+ (CURR_MODULE_END == 0) || (CURR_MODULE_END == -1)))
{
- printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename);
- gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%s] has non-standard addresses. It starts at 0x%s, ends at 0x%s, and will be skipped.",
+ mod_name_string, paddr_nz (curr_md), paddr_nz (start_adr), paddr_nz (end_adr));
+ /* On to next module */
+ curr_md++;
}
+ else
+ {
+ /* First check if we are looking at a file with code in it
+ that does not overlap the current module's code range */
- hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst);
+ if (VALID_CURR_FILE ? (VALID_CURR_MODULE ? (CURR_FILE_END < CURR_MODULE_START) : 1) : 0)
+ {
- /* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
- after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
- scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
+ /* Looking at file not corresponding to any module,
+ create a psymtab for it */
+ full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
+ start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
+ end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
+ start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
- /* Finish up the debug error message. */
- if (info_verbose)
- printf_filtered ("done.\n");
- }
-}
-/* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.
+ /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
+ begin before the start address of this file, and if so, adjust
+ this module's start address to include them. This handles routines that
+ are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
+ indicates a compiler bug */
- DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the
- beginning of the symtab
- SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of
- the beginning of the symbols we want to read
- SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in.
- TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for
- TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in.
- SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */
+ if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
+ &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
+ start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
+ if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
+ start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
+ }
-static struct symtab *
-hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size,
- CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size,
- struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename)
-{
- char *namestring;
- union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
- unsigned max_symnum;
+ /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
+ than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
+ adjust accordingly */
- int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+ if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
+ full_name_string, curr_fd);
+ end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
+ }
+ if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md) && (CURR_MODULE_START <= end_adr))
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
+ full_name_string, curr_fd);
+ end_adr = CURR_MODULE_START - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
+ }
- current_objfile = objfile;
- subfile_stack = 0;
- last_source_file = 0;
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Make new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x).\n",
+ full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr);
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
+ for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
+ to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
+
+ The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
+ of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
+ turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
+ And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
+ the size of a union! FIXME! */
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ full_name_string,
+ start_adr, /* Low text address */
+ (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ /* ldsymoff */
+ global_syms,
+ static_syms);
+
+ /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
+ class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
+ B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
+
+ /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
+ file, based on the starting addresses. */
+
+ syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
+ start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
+
+ /* Get ending symbol offset */
+
+ end_sym = 0;
+ /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
+ if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
+ {
+ end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
+ }
+ /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ {
+ int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
+ int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md, pxdb_header_p);
+ int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
+
+ if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
+ {
+ /* pick lower of next file or module start index */
+ end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* one of them is zero, pick the other */
+ end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
+ }
+
+ /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ end_sym = next_proc_isym;
+ else
+ end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
+ }
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile);
- if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) ||
- (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE)))
- {
- start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0);
- record_debugformat ("HP");
- }
+ /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
- max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("File psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
+ }
+#endif
- /* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range. */
- for (symnum = 0;
- symnum < max_symnum;
- symnum++)
- {
- QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile);
+ pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
+ NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
+ 0, /* includes_used */
+ end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ /* byte index in LNTT of end
+ = capping symbol offset
+ = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
+ end_adr, /* text high */
+ NULL, /* dependency_list */
+ 0); /* dependencies_used */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
+ record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
- /* Yow! We call SET_NAMESTRING on things without names! */
- SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ if (NULL == pst)
+ warning ("No symbols in psymtab for file \"%s\" [0x%x].", full_name_string, curr_fd);
- hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets,
- objfile, text_offset, text_size,
- filename, symnum + sym_index);
- }
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Made new psymtab for file %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
+ full_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_FILE_ISYM, end_sym);
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
+ global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
+ static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
+ xfree (class_entered);
- current_objfile = NULL;
+ curr_fd++;
+ } /* Psymtab for file */
+ else
+ {
+ /* We have a module for which we create a psymtab */
- return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
-}
-\f
+ mod_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qMD[curr_md].sbMod];
-/* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */
+ /* We will include the code ranges of any files that happen to
+ overlap with this module */
-static int
-hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep)
-{
- if (!typep.dntti.immediate)
- internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
+ /* So, first pick the lower of the file's and module's start addresses */
+ start_adr = CURR_MODULE_START;
+ if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
+ {
+ if (CURR_FILE_START < CURR_MODULE_START)
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses beginning of module \"%s\".",
+ &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
+ curr_fd, mod_name_string);
+
+ start_adr = CURR_FILE_START;
+ }
+ }
- switch (typep.dntti.type)
- {
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT:
- case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT:
- return FT_BOOLEAN;
- /* Ugh. No way to distinguish between signed and unsigned chars. */
- case HP_TYPE_CHAR:
- case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
- return FT_CHAR;
- case HP_TYPE_INT:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_CHAR;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_INTEGER;
- return FT_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_LONG:
- return FT_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG;
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
- return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER;
- return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
- case HP_TYPE_REAL:
- case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000:
- case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64)
- return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
- return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT;
- return FT_FLOAT;
- case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX:
- case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000:
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
- return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX;
- if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192)
- return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX;
- return FT_COMPLEX;
- case HP_TYPE_STRING200:
- case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC:
- case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC:
- case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT:
- case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT:
- return FT_STRING;
- default:
- internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
- }
-}
+ /* Also pick the lower of the file's and the module's start symbol indices */
+ start_sym = CURR_MODULE_ISYM;
+ if (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_ISYM < CURR_MODULE_ISYM))
+ start_sym = CURR_FILE_ISYM;
-/* Return the type associated with the index found in HP_TYPE. */
+ /* For the end address, we scan through the files till we find one
+ that overlaps the current module but ends beyond it; if no such file exists we
+ simply use the module's start address.
+ (Note, if file entries themselves overlap
+ we take the longest overlapping extension beyond the end of the module...)
+ We assume that modules never overlap. */
-static struct type **
-hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- unsigned old_len;
- int index = hp_type.dnttp.index;
+ end_adr = CURR_MODULE_END;
- if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
- return NULL;
+ if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
+ {
+ while (VALID_CURR_FILE && (CURR_FILE_START < end_adr))
+ {
- if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("Maybe skipping file %s which overlaps with module %s\n",
+ &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile], mod_name_string);
+#endif
+ if (CURR_FILE_END > end_adr)
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("File \"%s\" [0x%x] crosses end of module \"%s\".",
+ &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile],
+ curr_fd, mod_name_string);
+ end_adr = CURR_FILE_END;
+ }
+ curr_fd++;
+ }
+ curr_fd--; /* back up after going too far */
+ }
+
+ /* Sometimes (compiler bug -- COBOL) the module end address is higher
+ than the start address of the next module, so check for that and
+ adjust accordingly */
+
+ if (VALID_MODULE (curr_md + 1) && (MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) <= end_adr))
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next module; adjusting ending address down.",
+ mod_name_string, curr_md);
+ end_adr = MODULE_START (curr_md + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
+ }
+ if (VALID_FILE (curr_fd + 1) && (FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) <= end_adr))
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Module \"%s\" [0x%x] has ending address after starting address of next file; adjusting ending address down.",
+ mod_name_string, curr_md);
+ end_adr = FILE_START (curr_fd + 1) - 1; /* Is -4 (or -8 for 64-bit) better? */
+ }
+
+ /* Use one file to get the full name for the module. This
+ situation can arise if there is executable code in a #include
+ file. Each file with code in it gets a qFD. Files which don't
+ contribute code don't get a qFD, even if they include files
+ which do, e.g.:
+
+ body.c: rtn.h:
+ int x; int main() {
+ #include "rtn.h" return x;
+ }
+
+ There will a qFD for "rtn.h",and a qMD for "body.c",
+ but no qMD for "rtn.h" or qFD for "body.c"!
+
+ We pick the name of the last file to overlap with this
+ module. C convention is to put include files first. In a
+ perfect world, we could check names and use the file whose full
+ path name ends with the module name. */
+
+ if (VALID_CURR_FILE)
+ full_name_string = &vt_bits[(long) qFD[curr_fd].sbFile];
+ else
+ full_name_string = mod_name_string;
+
+ /* Check if there are any procedures not handled until now, that
+ begin before the start address we have now, and if so, adjust
+ this psymtab's start address to include them. This handles routines that
+ are in between file or module ranges for some reason (probably
+ indicates a compiler bug */
+
+ if (CURR_PROC_START < start_adr)
+ {
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Found procedure \"%s\" [0x%x] that is not in any file or module.",
+ &vt_bits[(long) qPD[curr_pd].sbProc], curr_pd);
+ start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
+ if (CURR_PROC_ISYM < start_sym)
+ start_sym = CURR_PROC_ISYM;
+ }
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Make new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), using file %s\n",
+ mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, full_name_string);
+ }
+#endif
+ /* Create the basic psymtab, connecting it in the list
+ for this objfile and pointing its symbol entries
+ to the current end of the symbol areas in the objfile.
+
+ The "ldsymoff" parameter is the byte offset in the LNTT
+ of the first symbol in this file. Some day we should
+ turn this into an index (fix in hp-symtab-read.c as well).
+ And it's not even the right byte offset, as we're using
+ the size of a union! FIXME! */
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ full_name_string,
+ start_adr, /* Low text address */
+ (start_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ /* ldsymoff */
+ global_syms,
+ static_syms);
+
+ /* Set up to only enter each class referenced in this module once. */
+ class_entered = xmalloc (B_BYTES (pxdb_header_p->cd_entries));
+ B_CLRALL (class_entered, pxdb_header_p->cd_entries);
+
+ /* Scan the procedure descriptors for procedures in the current
+ module, based on the starting addresses. */
+
+ syms_in_pst = scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
+ start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
+
+ /* Get ending symbol offset */
+
+ end_sym = 0;
+ /* First check for starting index before previous psymtab */
+ if (pst_syms_count && start_sym < pst_syms_array[pst_syms_count - 1].end)
+ {
+ end_sym = find_next_pst_start (start_sym);
+ }
+ /* Look for next start index of a file or module, or procedure */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ {
+ int next_file_isym = find_next_file_isym (start_sym, qFD, curr_fd + 1, pxdb_header_p);
+ int next_module_isym = find_next_module_isym (start_sym, qMD, curr_md + 1, pxdb_header_p);
+ int next_proc_isym = find_next_proc_isym (start_sym, qPD, curr_pd, pxdb_header_p);
+
+ if (next_file_isym && next_module_isym)
+ {
+ /* pick lower of next file or module start index */
+ end_sym = min (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* one of them is zero, pick the other */
+ end_sym = max (next_file_isym, next_module_isym);
+ }
+
+ /* As a precaution, check next procedure index too */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ end_sym = next_proc_isym;
+ else
+ end_sym = min (end_sym, next_proc_isym);
+ }
+
+ /* Couldn't find procedure, file, or module, use globals as default */
+ if (!end_sym)
+ end_sym = pxdb_header_p->globals;
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Module psymtab indices: %x to %x\n", start_sym, end_sym);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
+ NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
+ 0, /* includes_used */
+ end_sym * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ /* byte index in LNTT of end
+ = capping symbol offset
+ = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
+ end_adr, /* text high */
+ NULL, /* dependency_list */
+ 0); /* dependencies_used */
+
+ record_pst_syms (start_sym, end_sym);
+
+ if (NULL == pst)
+ warning ("No symbols in psymtab for module \"%s\" [0x%x].", mod_name_string, curr_md);
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("Made new psymtab for module %s (%x to %x), sym %x to %x.\n",
+ mod_name_string, start_adr, end_adr, CURR_MODULE_ISYM, end_sym);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ /* Prepare for the next psymtab. */
+ global_syms = objfile->global_psymbols.next;
+ static_syms = objfile->static_psymbols.next;
+ xfree (class_entered);
+
+ curr_md++;
+ curr_fd++;
+ } /* psymtab for module */
+ } /* psymtab for non-bogus file or module */
+ } /* End of while loop over all files & modules */
+
+ /* There may be some routines after all files and modules -- these will get
+ inserted in a separate new module of their own */
+ if (VALID_CURR_PROC)
{
- if (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
+ start_adr = CURR_PROC_START;
+ end_adr = qPD[pxdb_header_p->pd_entries - 1].adrEnd;
+ TELL_OBJFILE;
+ warning ("Found functions beyond end of all files and modules [0x%x].", curr_pd);
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
{
- old_len = TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile);
- if (old_len == 0)
- {
- TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = 100;
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
- xmmalloc (objfile->md,
- TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *));
- }
- while (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
- TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2;
- TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
- xmrealloc (objfile->md,
- (char *) TYPE_VECTOR (objfile),
- (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)));
- memset (&TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
- (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
- sizeof (struct type *));
+ printf ("Orphan functions at end, PD %d and beyond (%x to %x)\n",
+ curr_pd, start_adr, end_adr);
}
- return &TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index];
+#endif
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ "orphans",
+ start_adr, /* Low text address */
+ (CURR_PROC_ISYM * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ /* ldsymoff */
+ global_syms,
+ static_syms);
+
+ scan_procs (&curr_pd, qPD, pxdb_header_p->pd_entries,
+ start_adr, end_adr, pst, vt_bits, objfile);
+
+ pst = hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
+ NULL, /* psymtab_include_list */
+ 0, /* includes_used */
+ pxdb_header_p->globals * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ /* byte index in LNTT of end
+ = capping symbol offset
+ = LDSYMOFF of nextfile */
+ end_adr, /* text high */
+ NULL, /* dependency_list */
+ 0); /* dependencies_used */
}
- else
- return NULL;
-}
-/* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE.
- Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already
- have it lying around. */
-static struct type *
-hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct type **type_addr;
+#ifdef NEVER_NEVER
+ /* Now build psts for non-module things (in the tail of
+ the LNTT, after the last END MODULE entry).
+
+ If null psts were kept on the chain, this would be
+ a solution. FIXME */
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ "globals",
+ 0,
+ (pxdb_header_p->globals
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next,
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next);
+ hpread_end_psymtab (pst,
+ NULL, 0,
+ (max_LNTT_sym_index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ 0,
+ NULL, 0);
+#endif
- type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if (*type_addr == 0)
- *type_addr = alloc_type (objfile);
+ clear_pst_syms ();
- TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr)
- = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
- return *type_addr;
-}
+ return 1;
-/* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */
+} /* End of hpread_quick_traverse. */
+\f
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
+/* Get appropriate header, based on pxdb type.
+ Return value: 1 if ok, 0 if not */
+int
+hpread_get_header (struct objfile *objfile, PXDB_header_ptr pxdb_header_p)
{
- struct type *type;
- struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms;
- int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0;
- dnttpointer mem;
- union dnttentry *memp;
- char *name;
- long n;
- struct symbol *sym;
+ asection *pinfo_section, *debug_section, *header_section;
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 4;
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ /* Turn on for debugging information */
+ static int dumping = 0;
+#endif
- symlist = &file_symbols;
- osyms = *symlist;
+ header_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$HEADER$");
+ if (!header_section)
+ {
+ /* We don't have either PINFO or DEBUG sections. But
+ stuff like "libc.sl" has no debug info. There's no
+ need to warn the user of this, as it may be ok. The
+ caller will figure it out and issue any needed
+ messages. */
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* We would like either a $DEBUG$ or $PINFO$ section.
+ Once we know which, we can understand the header
+ data (which we have defined to suit the more common
+ $DEBUG$ case). */
+ debug_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$DEBUG$");
+ pinfo_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$PINFO$");
+ if (debug_section)
+ {
+ /* The expected case: normal pxdb header. */
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, header_section,
+ pxdb_header_p, 0, sizeof (PXDB_header));
+
+ if (!pxdb_header_p->pxdbed)
+ {
+ /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
+ return 0;
+ } /* DEBUG section */
+ }
+
+ else if (pinfo_section)
+ {
+ /* The DOC case; we need to translate this into a
+ regular header. */
+ DOC_info_PXDB_header doc_header;
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("==OOps, PINFO, let's try to handle this, %s.\n", objfile->name);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd,
+ header_section,
+ &doc_header, 0,
+ sizeof (DOC_info_PXDB_header));
+
+ if (!doc_header.pxdbed)
+ {
+ /* This shouldn't happen if we check in "symfile.c". */
+ warning ("File \"%s\" not processed by pxdb!", objfile->name);
+ return 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Copy relevent fields to standard header passed in. */
+ pxdb_header_p->pd_entries = doc_header.pd_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->fd_entries = doc_header.fd_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->md_entries = doc_header.md_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->pxdbed = doc_header.pxdbed;
+ pxdb_header_p->bighdr = doc_header.bighdr;
+ pxdb_header_p->sa_header = doc_header.sa_header;
+ pxdb_header_p->inlined = doc_header.inlined;
+ pxdb_header_p->globals = doc_header.globals;
+ pxdb_header_p->time = doc_header.time;
+ pxdb_header_p->pg_entries = doc_header.pg_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->functions = doc_header.functions;
+ pxdb_header_p->files = doc_header.files;
+ pxdb_header_p->cd_entries = doc_header.cd_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->aa_entries = doc_header.aa_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->oi_entries = doc_header.oi_entries;
+ pxdb_header_p->version = doc_header.version;
+ } /* PINFO section */
+
+ else
+ {
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("==No debug info at all for %s.\n", objfile->name);
+#endif
+
+ return 0;
+
+ }
+
+ return 1;
+} /* End of hpread_get_header */
+#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
+\f
+
+/* Initialization for reading native HP C debug symbols from OBJFILE.
+
+ Its only purpose in life is to set up the symbol reader's private
+ per-objfile data structures, and read in the raw contents of the debug
+ sections (attaching pointers to the debug info into the private data
+ structures).
+
+ Since BFD doesn't know how to read debug symbols in a format-independent
+ way (and may never do so...), we have to do it ourselves. Note we may
+ be called on a file without native HP C debugging symbols.
+
+ FIXME, there should be a cleaner peephole into the BFD environment
+ here. */
+void
+hpread_symfile_init (struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ asection *vt_section, *slt_section, *lntt_section, *gntt_section;
+
+ /* Allocate struct to keep track of the symfile */
+ objfile->sym_private = (PTR)
+ xmmalloc (objfile->md, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
+ memset (objfile->sym_private, 0, sizeof (struct hpread_symfile_info));
+
+ /* We haven't read in any types yet. */
+ TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = 0;
+
+ /* Read in data from the $GNTT$ subspace. */
+ gntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$GNTT$");
+ if (!gntt_section)
+ return;
+
+ GNTT (objfile)
+ = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
+
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, gntt_section, GNTT (objfile),
+ 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section));
+
+ GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
+ = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, gntt_section)
+ / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+
+ /* Read in data from the $LNTT$ subspace. Also keep track of the number
+ of LNTT symbols.
+
+ FIXME: this could be moved into the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
+ code, and save startup time. At the moment this data is
+ still used, though. We'd need a way to tell hp-symtab-read.c
+ whether or not to load the LNTT. */
+ lntt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$LNTT$");
+ if (!lntt_section)
+ return;
+
+ LNTT (objfile)
+ = obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
+
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, lntt_section, LNTT (objfile),
+ 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section));
+
+ LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile)
+ = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, lntt_section)
+ / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+
+ /* Read in data from the $SLT$ subspace. $SLT$ contains information
+ on source line numbers. */
+ slt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$SLT$");
+ if (!slt_section)
+ return;
+
+ SLT (objfile) =
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
+
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, slt_section, SLT (objfile),
+ 0, bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, slt_section));
+
+ /* Read in data from the $VT$ subspace. $VT$ contains things like
+ names and constants. Keep track of the number of symbols in the VT. */
+ vt_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (objfile->obfd, "$VT$");
+ if (!vt_section)
+ return;
+
+ VT_SIZE (objfile) = bfd_section_size (objfile->obfd, vt_section);
+
+ VT (objfile) =
+ (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ VT_SIZE (objfile));
+
+ bfd_get_section_contents (objfile->obfd, vt_section, VT (objfile),
+ 0, VT_SIZE (objfile));
+}
+
+/* Scan and build partial symbols for a symbol file.
+
+ The minimal symbol table (either SOM or HP a.out) has already been
+ read in; all we need to do is setup partial symbols based on the
+ native debugging information.
+
+ Note that the minimal table is produced by the linker, and has
+ only global routines in it; the psymtab is based on compiler-
+ generated debug information and has non-global
+ routines in it as well as files and class information.
+
+ We assume hpread_symfile_init has been called to initialize the
+ symbol reader's private data structures.
+
+ MAINLINE is true if we are reading the main symbol table (as
+ opposed to a shared lib or dynamically loaded file). */
+
+void
+hpread_build_psymtabs (struct objfile *objfile, int mainline)
+{
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ /* Turn this on to get debugging output. */
+ static int dumping = 0;
+#endif
+
+ char *namestring;
+ int past_first_source_file = 0;
+ struct cleanup *old_chain;
+
+ int hp_symnum, symcount, i;
+ int scan_start = 0;
+
+ union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
+ unsigned long valu;
+ char *p;
+ int texthigh = 0;
+ int have_name = 0;
+
+ /* Current partial symtab */
+ struct partial_symtab *pst;
+
+ /* List of current psymtab's include files */
+ char **psymtab_include_list;
+ int includes_allocated;
+ int includes_used;
+
+ /* Index within current psymtab dependency list */
+ struct partial_symtab **dependency_list;
+ int dependencies_used, dependencies_allocated;
+
+ /* Just in case the stabs reader left turds lying around. */
+ free_pending_blocks ();
+ make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
+
+ pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
+
+ /* We shouldn't use alloca, instead use malloc/free. Doing so avoids
+ a number of problems with cross compilation and creating useless holes
+ in the stack when we have to allocate new entries. FIXME. */
+
+ includes_allocated = 30;
+ includes_used = 0;
+ psymtab_include_list = (char **) alloca (includes_allocated *
+ sizeof (char *));
+
+ dependencies_allocated = 30;
+ dependencies_used = 0;
+ dependency_list =
+ (struct partial_symtab **) alloca (dependencies_allocated *
+ sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
+
+ old_chain = make_cleanup_free_objfile (objfile);
+
+ last_source_file = 0;
+
+#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
+ {
+ /* Begin code for new-style loading of quick look-up tables. */
+
+ /* elz: this checks whether the file has beeen processed by pxdb.
+ If not we would like to try to read the psymbols in
+ anyway, but it turns out to be not so easy. So this could
+ actually be commented out, but I leave it in, just in case
+ we decide to add support for non-pxdb-ed stuff in the future. */
+ PXDB_header pxdb_header;
+ int found_modules_in_program;
+
+ if (hpread_get_header (objfile, &pxdb_header))
+ {
+ /* Build a minimal table. No types, no global variables,
+ no include files.... */
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("\nNew method for %s\n", objfile->name);
+#endif
+
+ /* elz: quick_traverse returns true if it found
+ some modules in the main source file, other
+ than those in end.c
+ In C and C++, all the files have MODULES entries
+ in the LNTT, and the quick table traverse is all
+ based on finding these MODULES entries. Without
+ those it cannot work.
+ It happens that F77 programs don't have MODULES
+ so the quick traverse gets confused. F90 programs
+ have modules, and the quick method still works.
+ So, if modules (other than those in end.c) are
+ not found we give up on the quick table stuff,
+ and fall back on the slower method */
+ found_modules_in_program = hpread_quick_traverse (objfile,
+ GNTT (objfile),
+ VT (objfile),
+ &pxdb_header);
+
+ discard_cleanups (old_chain);
+
+ /* Set up to scan the global section of the LNTT.
+
+ This field is not always correct: if there are
+ no globals, it will point to the last record in
+ the regular LNTT, which is usually an END MODULE.
+
+ Since it might happen that there could be a file
+ with just one global record, there's no way to
+ tell other than by looking at the record, so that's
+ done below. */
+ if (found_modules_in_program)
+ scan_start = pxdb_header.globals;
+ }
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ else
+ {
+ if (dumping)
+ printf ("\nGoing on to old method for %s\n", objfile->name);
+ }
+#endif
+ }
+#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
+
+ /* Make two passes, one over the GNTT symbols, the other for the
+ LNTT symbols.
+
+ JB comment: above isn't true--they only make one pass, over
+ the LNTT. */
+ for (i = 0; i < 1; i++)
+ {
+ int within_function = 0;
+
+ if (i)
+ symcount = GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
+ else
+ symcount = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
+
+
+ for (hp_symnum = scan_start; hp_symnum < symcount; hp_symnum++)
+ {
+ QUIT;
+ if (i)
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
+ else
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_symnum, objfile);
+
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Only handle things which are necessary for minimal symbols.
+ everything else is ignored. */
+ switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
+ {
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
+ {
+#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
+ if (scan_start == hp_symnum
+ && symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
+ {
+ /* If there are NO globals in an executable,
+ PXDB's index to the globals will point to
+ the last record in the file, which
+ could be this record. (this happened for F77 libraries)
+ ignore it and be done! */
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
+
+ /* A source file of some kind. Note this may simply
+ be an included file. */
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+
+ /* Check if this is the source file we are already working
+ with. */
+ if (pst && !strcmp (namestring, pst->filename))
+ continue;
+
+ /* Check if this is an include file, if so check if we have
+ already seen it. Add it to the include list */
+ p = strrchr (namestring, '.');
+ if (!strcmp (p, ".h"))
+ {
+ int j, found;
+
+ found = 0;
+ for (j = 0; j < includes_used; j++)
+ if (!strcmp (namestring, psymtab_include_list[j]))
+ {
+ found = 1;
+ break;
+ }
+ if (found)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Add it to the list of includes seen so far and
+ allocate more include space if necessary. */
+ psymtab_include_list[includes_used++] = namestring;
+ if (includes_used >= includes_allocated)
+ {
+ char **orig = psymtab_include_list;
+
+ psymtab_include_list = (char **)
+ alloca ((includes_allocated *= 2) *
+ sizeof (char *));
+ memcpy ((PTR) psymtab_include_list, (PTR) orig,
+ includes_used * sizeof (char *));
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ if (pst)
+ {
+ if (!have_name)
+ {
+ pst->filename = (char *)
+ obstack_alloc (&pst->objfile->psymbol_obstack,
+ strlen (namestring) + 1);
+ strcpy (pst->filename, namestring);
+ have_name = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ /* This is a bonafide new source file.
+ End the current partial symtab and start a new one. */
+
+ if (pst && past_first_source_file)
+ {
+ hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list,
+ includes_used,
+ (hp_symnum
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ texthigh,
+ dependency_list, dependencies_used);
+ pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
+ includes_used = 0;
+ dependencies_used = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ past_first_source_file = 1;
+
+ valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
+ valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ namestring, valu,
+ (hp_symnum
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next,
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next);
+ texthigh = valu;
+ have_name = 1;
+ continue;
+ }
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
+ /* A source file. It's still unclear to me what the
+ real difference between a DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE and DNTT_TYPE_MODULE
+ is supposed to be. */
+
+ /* First end the previous psymtab */
+ if (pst)
+ {
+ hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
+ ((hp_symnum - 1)
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ texthigh,
+ dependency_list, dependencies_used);
+ pst = (struct partial_symtab *) 0;
+ includes_used = 0;
+ dependencies_used = 0;
+ have_name = 0;
+ }
+
+ /* Now begin a new module and a new psymtab for it */
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ valu = hpread_get_textlow (i, hp_symnum, objfile, symcount);
+ valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ if (!pst)
+ {
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ namestring, valu,
+ (hp_symnum
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next,
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next);
+ texthigh = valu;
+ have_name = 0;
+ }
+ continue;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
+ /* The beginning of a function. DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY may also denote
+ a secondary entry point. */
+ valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
+ SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ if (valu > texthigh)
+ texthigh = valu;
+ valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr +
+ ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
+ &objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ else
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
+ &objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ within_function = 1;
+ continue;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
+ valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.hiaddr + ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets,
+ SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ if (valu > texthigh)
+ texthigh = valu;
+ valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr +
+ ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
+ &objfile->global_psymbols, valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ else
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_BLOCK,
+ &objfile->static_psymbols, valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ within_function = 1;
+ continue;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_END:
+ /* We don't check MODULE end here, because there can be
+ symbols beyond the module end which properly belong to the
+ current psymtab -- so we wait till the next MODULE start */
+
+
+#ifdef QUICK_LOOK_UP
+ if (scan_start == hp_symnum
+ && symcount == hp_symnum + 1)
+ {
+ /* If there are NO globals in an executable,
+ PXDB's index to the globals will point to
+ the last record in the file, which is
+ probably an END MODULE, i.e. this record.
+ ignore it and be done! */
+ continue;
+ }
+#endif /* QUICK_LOOK_UP */
+
+ /* Scope block begin/end. We only care about function
+ and file blocks right now. */
+
+ if ((dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
+ (dn_bufp->dend.endkind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
+ within_function = 0;
+ continue;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
+ {
+ /* Variables, typedefs an the like. */
+ enum address_class storage;
+ namespace_enum namespace;
+
+ /* Don't add locals to the partial symbol table. */
+ if (within_function
+ && (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR
+ || dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR))
+ continue;
+
+ /* TAGDEFs go into the structure namespace. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
+ namespace = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
+ else
+ namespace = VAR_NAMESPACE;
+
+ /* What kind of "storage" does this use? */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
+ storage = LOC_STATIC;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR
+ && dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
+ storage = LOC_REGISTER;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
+ storage = LOC_LOCAL;
+ else
+ storage = LOC_UNDEF;
+
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ if (!pst)
+ {
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ "globals", 0,
+ (hp_symnum
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next,
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next);
+ }
+
+ /* Compute address of the data symbol */
+ valu = dn_bufp->dsvar.location;
+ /* Relocate in case it's in a shared library */
+ if (storage == LOC_STATIC)
+ valu += ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
+
+ /* Luckily, dvar, svar, typedef, and tagdef all
+ have their "global" bit in the same place, so it works
+ (though it's bad programming practice) to reference
+ "dsvar.global" even though we may be looking at
+ any of the above four types. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
+ {
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ namespace, storage,
+ &objfile->global_psymbols,
+ valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ namespace, storage,
+ &objfile->static_psymbols,
+ valu,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ }
+
+ /* For TAGDEF's, the above code added the tagname to the
+ struct namespace. This will cause tag "t" to be found
+ on a reference of the form "(struct t) x". But for
+ C++ classes, "t" will also be a typename, which we
+ want to find on a reference of the form "ptype t".
+ Therefore, we also add "t" to the var namespace.
+ Do the same for enum's due to the way aCC generates
+ debug info for these (see more extended comment
+ in hp-symtab-read.c).
+ We do the same for templates, so that "ptype t"
+ where "t" is a template also works. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF &&
+ dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
+ {
+ int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
+ /* Look ahead to see if it's a C++ class */
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ if (global)
+ {
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
+ &objfile->global_psymbols,
+ dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, storage,
+ &objfile->static_psymbols,
+ dn_bufp->dsvar.location,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ continue;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
+ /* Constants and members of enumerated types. */
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+ if (!pst)
+ {
+ pst = hpread_start_psymtab (objfile,
+ "globals", 0,
+ (hp_symnum
+ * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block)),
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next,
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next);
+ }
+ if (dn_bufp->dconst.global)
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
+ &objfile->global_psymbols, 0,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ else
+ add_psymbol_to_list (namestring, strlen (namestring),
+ VAR_NAMESPACE, LOC_CONST,
+ &objfile->static_psymbols, 0,
+ 0, language_unknown, objfile);
+ continue;
+ default:
+ continue;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* End any pending partial symbol table. */
+ if (pst)
+ {
+ hpread_end_psymtab (pst, psymtab_include_list, includes_used,
+ hp_symnum * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ 0, dependency_list, dependencies_used);
+ }
+
+ discard_cleanups (old_chain);
+}
+
+/* Perform any local cleanups required when we are done with a particular
+ objfile. I.E, we are in the process of discarding all symbol information
+ for an objfile, freeing up all memory held for it, and unlinking the
+ objfile struct from the global list of known objfiles. */
+
+void
+hpread_symfile_finish (struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ if (objfile->sym_private != NULL)
+ {
+ xmfree (objfile->md, objfile->sym_private);
+ }
+}
+\f
+
+/* The remaining functions are all for internal use only. */
+
+/* Various small functions to get entries in the debug symbol sections. */
+
+union dnttentry *
+hpread_get_lntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ return (union dnttentry *)
+ &(LNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
+}
+
+static union dnttentry *
+hpread_get_gntt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ return (union dnttentry *)
+ &(GNTT (objfile)[(index * sizeof (struct dntt_type_block))]);
+}
+
+union sltentry *
+hpread_get_slt (int index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ return (union sltentry *) &(SLT (objfile)[index * sizeof (union sltentry)]);
+}
+
+/* Get the low address associated with some symbol (typically the start
+ of a particular source file or module). Since that information is not
+ stored as part of the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE or DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE symbol we
+ must infer it from the existence of DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbols. */
+
+static unsigned long
+hpread_get_textlow (int global, int index, struct objfile *objfile,
+ int symcount)
+{
+ union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
+ struct minimal_symbol *msymbol;
+
+ /* Look for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION symbol. */
+ if (index < symcount) /* symcount is the number of symbols in */
+ { /* the dbinfo, LNTT table */
+ do
+ {
+ if (global)
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_gntt (index++, objfile);
+ else
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (index++, objfile);
+ }
+ while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION
+ && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION
+ && dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_END
+ && index < symcount);
+ }
+
+ /* Avoid going past a DNTT_TYPE_END when looking for a DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION. This
+ might happen when a sourcefile has no functions. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_END)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* Avoid going past the end of the LNTT file */
+ if (index == symcount)
+ return 0;
+
+ /* The minimal symbols are typically more accurate for some reason. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION)
+ msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->dfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
+ objfile);
+ else /* must be a DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION */
+ msymbol = lookup_minimal_symbol (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name + VT (objfile), NULL,
+ objfile);
+
+ if (msymbol)
+ return SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msymbol);
+ else
+ return dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr;
+}
+
+/* Allocate and partially fill a partial symtab. It will be
+ completely filled at the end of the symbol list.
+
+ SYMFILE_NAME is the name of the symbol-file we are reading from, and ADDR
+ is the address relative to which its symbols are (incremental) or 0
+ (normal). */
+
+static struct partial_symtab *
+hpread_start_psymtab (struct objfile *objfile, char *filename,
+ CORE_ADDR textlow, int ldsymoff,
+ struct partial_symbol **global_syms,
+ struct partial_symbol **static_syms)
+{
+ int offset = ANOFFSET (objfile->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ extern void hpread_psymtab_to_symtab ();
+ struct partial_symtab *result =
+ start_psymtab_common (objfile, objfile->section_offsets,
+ filename, textlow, global_syms, static_syms);
+
+ result->textlow += offset;
+ result->read_symtab_private = (char *)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack, sizeof (struct symloc));
+ LDSYMOFF (result) = ldsymoff;
+ result->read_symtab = hpread_psymtab_to_symtab;
+
+ return result;
+}
+\f
+
+/* Close off the current usage of PST.
+ Returns PST or NULL if the partial symtab was empty and thrown away.
+
+ capping_symbol_offset --Byte index in LNTT or GNTT of the
+ last symbol processed during the build
+ of the previous pst.
+
+ FIXME: List variables and peculiarities of same. */
+
+static struct partial_symtab *
+hpread_end_psymtab (struct partial_symtab *pst, char **include_list,
+ int num_includes, int capping_symbol_offset,
+ CORE_ADDR capping_text,
+ struct partial_symtab **dependency_list,
+ int number_dependencies)
+{
+ int i;
+ struct objfile *objfile = pst->objfile;
+ int offset = ANOFFSET (pst->section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ /* Turn on to see what kind of a psymtab we've built. */
+ static int dumping = 0;
+#endif
+
+ if (capping_symbol_offset != -1)
+ LDSYMLEN (pst) = capping_symbol_offset - LDSYMOFF (pst);
+ else
+ LDSYMLEN (pst) = 0;
+ pst->texthigh = capping_text + offset;
+
+ pst->n_global_syms =
+ objfile->global_psymbols.next - (objfile->global_psymbols.list + pst->globals_offset);
+ pst->n_static_syms =
+ objfile->static_psymbols.next - (objfile->static_psymbols.list + pst->statics_offset);
+
+#ifdef DUMPING
+ if (dumping)
+ {
+ printf ("\nPst %s, LDSYMOFF %x (%x), LDSYMLEN %x (%x), globals %d, statics %d\n",
+ pst->filename,
+ LDSYMOFF (pst),
+ LDSYMOFF (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ LDSYMLEN (pst),
+ LDSYMLEN (pst) / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block),
+ pst->n_global_syms, pst->n_static_syms);
+ }
+#endif
+
+ pst->number_of_dependencies = number_dependencies;
+ if (number_dependencies)
+ {
+ pst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
+ number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
+ memcpy (pst->dependencies, dependency_list,
+ number_dependencies * sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
+ }
+ else
+ pst->dependencies = 0;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < num_includes; i++)
+ {
+ struct partial_symtab *subpst =
+ allocate_psymtab (include_list[i], objfile);
+
+ subpst->section_offsets = pst->section_offsets;
+ subpst->read_symtab_private =
+ (char *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct symloc));
+ LDSYMOFF (subpst) =
+ LDSYMLEN (subpst) =
+ subpst->textlow =
+ subpst->texthigh = 0;
+
+ /* We could save slight bits of space by only making one of these,
+ shared by the entire set of include files. FIXME-someday. */
+ subpst->dependencies = (struct partial_symtab **)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->psymbol_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct partial_symtab *));
+ subpst->dependencies[0] = pst;
+ subpst->number_of_dependencies = 1;
+
+ subpst->globals_offset =
+ subpst->n_global_syms =
+ subpst->statics_offset =
+ subpst->n_static_syms = 0;
+
+ subpst->readin = 0;
+ subpst->symtab = 0;
+ subpst->read_symtab = pst->read_symtab;
+ }
+
+ sort_pst_symbols (pst);
+
+ /* If there is already a psymtab or symtab for a file of this name, remove it.
+ (If there is a symtab, more drastic things also happen.)
+ This happens in VxWorks. */
+ free_named_symtabs (pst->filename);
+
+ if (num_includes == 0
+ && number_dependencies == 0
+ && pst->n_global_syms == 0
+ && pst->n_static_syms == 0)
+ {
+ /* Throw away this psymtab, it's empty. We can't deallocate it, since
+ it is on the obstack, but we can forget to chain it on the list.
+ Empty psymtabs happen as a result of header files which don't have
+ any symbols in them. There can be a lot of them. But this check
+ is wrong, in that a psymtab with N_SLINE entries but nothing else
+ is not empty, but we don't realize that. Fixing that without slowing
+ things down might be tricky.
+ It's also wrong if we're using the quick look-up tables, as
+ we can get empty psymtabs from modules with no routines in
+ them. */
+
+ discard_psymtab (pst);
+
+ /* Indicate that psymtab was thrown away. */
+ pst = (struct partial_symtab *) NULL;
+
+ }
+ return pst;
+}
+
+\f
+/* Get the nesting depth for the source line identified by INDEX. */
+
+static unsigned long
+hpread_get_scope_start (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ union sltentry *sl_bufp;
+
+ sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
+ return sl_bufp->sspec.backptr.dnttp.index;
+}
+
+/* Get the source line number the the line identified by INDEX. */
+
+static unsigned long
+hpread_get_line (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ union sltentry *sl_bufp;
+
+ sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
+ return sl_bufp->snorm.line;
+}
+
+/* Find the code address associated with a given sltpointer */
+
+static CORE_ADDR
+hpread_get_location (sltpointer index, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ union sltentry *sl_bufp;
+ int i;
+
+ /* code location of special sltentrys is determined from context */
+ sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index, objfile);
+
+ if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_END)
+ {
+ /* find previous normal sltentry and get address */
+ for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
+ (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
+ (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
+ sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index - i, objfile);
+ if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
+ return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
+ else
+ return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
+ }
+
+ /* find next normal sltentry and get address */
+ for (i = 0; ((sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL) &&
+ (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET) &&
+ (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc != SLT_EXIT)); i++)
+ sl_bufp = hpread_get_slt (index + i, objfile);
+ if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
+ return sl_bufp->snormoff.address;
+ else
+ return sl_bufp->snorm.address;
+}
+\f
+
+/* Return 1 if an HP debug symbol of type KIND has a name associated with
+ * it, else return 0. (This function is not currently used, but I'll
+ * leave it here in case it proves useful later on. - RT).
+ */
+
+int
+hpread_has_name (enum dntt_entry_type kind)
+{
+ switch (kind)
+ {
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
+ return 1;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_END:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC ? */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE ? */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT ? */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN ? */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST ? */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS ? */
+ default:
+ return 0;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Do the dirty work of reading in the full symbol from a partial symbol
+ table. */
+
+static void
+hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (struct partial_symtab *pst)
+{
+ struct cleanup *old_chain;
+ int i;
+
+ /* Get out quick if passed junk. */
+ if (!pst)
+ return;
+
+ /* Complain if we've already read in this symbol table. */
+ if (pst->readin)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
+ pst->filename);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* Read in all partial symtabs on which this one is dependent */
+ for (i = 0; i < pst->number_of_dependencies; i++)
+ if (!pst->dependencies[i]->readin)
+ {
+ /* Inform about additional files that need to be read in. */
+ if (info_verbose)
+ {
+ fputs_filtered (" ", gdb_stdout);
+ wrap_here ("");
+ fputs_filtered ("and ", gdb_stdout);
+ wrap_here ("");
+ printf_filtered ("%s...", pst->dependencies[i]->filename);
+ wrap_here (""); /* Flush output */
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+ }
+ hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst->dependencies[i]);
+ }
+
+ /* If it's real... */
+ if (LDSYMLEN (pst))
+ {
+ /* Init stuff necessary for reading in symbols */
+ buildsym_init ();
+ old_chain = make_cleanup (really_free_pendings, 0);
+
+ pst->symtab =
+ hpread_expand_symtab (pst->objfile, LDSYMOFF (pst), LDSYMLEN (pst),
+ pst->textlow, pst->texthigh - pst->textlow,
+ pst->section_offsets, pst->filename);
+ sort_symtab_syms (pst->symtab);
+
+ do_cleanups (old_chain);
+ }
+
+ pst->readin = 1;
+}
+
+/* Read in all of the symbols for a given psymtab for real.
+ Be verbose about it if the user wants that. */
+
+void
+hpread_psymtab_to_symtab (struct partial_symtab *pst)
+{
+ /* Get out quick if given junk. */
+ if (!pst)
+ return;
+
+ /* Sanity check. */
+ if (pst->readin)
+ {
+ fprintf (stderr, "Psymtab for %s already read in. Shouldn't happen.\n",
+ pst->filename);
+ return;
+ }
+
+ /* elz: setting the flag to indicate that the code of the target
+ was compiled using an HP compiler (aCC, cc)
+ the processing_acc_compilation variable is declared in the
+ file buildsym.h, the HP_COMPILED_TARGET is defined to be equal
+ to 3 in the file tm_hppa.h */
+
+ processing_gcc_compilation = 0;
+
+ if (LDSYMLEN (pst) || pst->number_of_dependencies)
+ {
+ /* Print the message now, before reading the string table,
+ to avoid disconcerting pauses. */
+ if (info_verbose)
+ {
+ printf_filtered ("Reading in symbols for %s...", pst->filename);
+ gdb_flush (gdb_stdout);
+ }
+
+ hpread_psymtab_to_symtab_1 (pst);
+
+ /* Match with global symbols. This only needs to be done once,
+ after all of the symtabs and dependencies have been read in. */
+ scan_file_globals (pst->objfile);
+
+ /* Finish up the debug error message. */
+ if (info_verbose)
+ printf_filtered ("done.\n");
+ }
+}
+
+/* Read in a defined section of a specific object file's symbols.
+
+ DESC is the file descriptor for the file, positioned at the
+ beginning of the symtab
+ SYM_OFFSET is the offset within the file of
+ the beginning of the symbols we want to read
+ SYM_SIZE is the size of the symbol info to read in.
+ TEXT_OFFSET is the beginning of the text segment we are reading symbols for
+ TEXT_SIZE is the size of the text segment read in.
+ SECTION_OFFSETS are the relocation offsets which get added to each symbol. */
+
+static struct symtab *
+hpread_expand_symtab (struct objfile *objfile, int sym_offset, int sym_size,
+ CORE_ADDR text_offset, int text_size,
+ struct section_offsets *section_offsets, char *filename)
+{
+ char *namestring;
+ union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
+ unsigned max_symnum;
+ int at_module_boundary = 0;
+ /* 1 => at end, -1 => at beginning */
+
+ int sym_index = sym_offset / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+
+ current_objfile = objfile;
+ subfile_stack = 0;
+
+ last_source_file = 0;
+
+ /* Demangling style -- if EDG style already set, don't change it,
+ as HP style causes some problems with the KAI EDG compiler */
+ if (current_demangling_style != edg_demangling)
+ {
+ /* Otherwise, ensure that we are using HP style demangling */
+ set_demangling_style (HP_DEMANGLING_STYLE_STRING);
+ }
+
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index, objfile);
+ if (!((dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE) ||
+ (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == (unsigned char) DNTT_TYPE_MODULE)))
+ {
+ start_symtab ("globals", NULL, 0);
+ record_debugformat ("HP");
+ }
+
+ /* The psymtab builder (hp-psymtab-read.c) is the one that
+ * determined the "sym_size" argument (i.e. how many DNTT symbols
+ * are in this symtab), which we use to compute "max_symnum"
+ * (point in DNTT to which we read).
+ *
+ * Perhaps this should be changed so that
+ * process_one_debug_symbol() "knows" when
+ * to stop reading (based on reading from the MODULE to the matching
+ * END), and take out this reliance on a #-syms being passed in...
+ * (I'm worried about the reliability of this number). But I'll
+ * leave it as-is, for now. - RT
+ *
+ * The change above has been made. I've left the "for" loop control
+ * in to prepare for backing this out again. -JB
+ */
+ max_symnum = sym_size / sizeof (struct dntt_type_block);
+ /* No reason to multiply on pst side and divide on sym side... FIXME */
+
+ /* Read in and process each debug symbol within the specified range.
+ */
+ for (symnum = 0;
+ symnum < max_symnum;
+ symnum++)
+ {
+ QUIT; /* Allow this to be interruptable */
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (sym_index + symnum, objfile);
+
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
+ continue;
+
+ /* Yow! We call SET_NAMESTRING on things without names! */
+ SET_NAMESTRING (dn_bufp, &namestring, objfile);
+
+ hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (dn_bufp, namestring, section_offsets,
+ objfile, text_offset, text_size,
+ filename, symnum + sym_index,
+ &at_module_boundary
+ );
+
+ /* OLD COMMENTS: This routine is only called for psts. All psts
+ * correspond to MODULES. If we ever do lazy-reading of globals
+ * from the LNTT, then there will be a pst which ends when the
+ * LNTT ends, and not at an END MODULE entry. Then we'll have
+ * to re-visit this break.
+
+ if( at_end_of_module )
+ break;
+
+ */
+
+ /* We no longer break out of the loop when we reach the end of a
+ module. The reason is that with CTTI, the compiler can generate
+ function symbols (for template function instantiations) which are not
+ in any module; typically they show up beyond a module's end, and
+ before the next module's start. We include them in the current
+ module. However, we still don't trust the MAX_SYMNUM value from
+ the psymtab, so we break out if we enter a new module. */
+
+ if (at_module_boundary == -1)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ current_objfile = NULL;
+ hp_som_som_object_present = 1; /* Indicate we've processed an HP SOM SOM file */
+
+ return end_symtab (text_offset + text_size, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+}
+\f
+
+
+
+/* Convert basic types from HP debug format into GDB internal format. */
+
+static int
+hpread_type_translate (dnttpointer typep)
+{
+ if (!typep.dntti.immediate)
+ {
+ error ("error in hpread_type_translate\n.");
+ return FT_VOID;
+ }
+
+ switch (typep.dntti.type)
+ {
+ case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN:
+ case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_S300_COMPAT:
+ case HP_TYPE_BOOLEAN_VAX_COMPAT:
+ return FT_BOOLEAN;
+ case HP_TYPE_CHAR: /* C signed char, C++ plain char */
+
+ case HP_TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
+ return FT_CHAR;
+ case HP_TYPE_INT:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
+ return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char */
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
+ return FT_SHORT;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
+ return FT_INTEGER;
+ return FT_LONG_LONG;
+ case HP_TYPE_LONG:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
+ return FT_SIGNED_CHAR; /* C++ signed char. */
+ return FT_LONG;
+ case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR; /* C/C++ unsigned char */
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG;
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
+ case HP_TYPE_UNSIGNED_INT:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 8)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_CHAR;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 16)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_SHORT;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength <= 32)
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_INTEGER;
+ return FT_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG;
+ case HP_TYPE_REAL:
+ case HP_TYPE_REAL_3000:
+ case HP_TYPE_DOUBLE:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 64)
+ return FT_DBL_PREC_FLOAT;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
+ return FT_EXT_PREC_FLOAT;
+ return FT_FLOAT;
+ case HP_TYPE_COMPLEX:
+ case HP_TYPE_COMPLEXS3000:
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 128)
+ return FT_DBL_PREC_COMPLEX;
+ if (typep.dntti.bitlength == 192)
+ return FT_EXT_PREC_COMPLEX;
+ return FT_COMPLEX;
+ case HP_TYPE_VOID:
+ return FT_VOID;
+ case HP_TYPE_STRING200:
+ case HP_TYPE_LONGSTRING200:
+ case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_SPEC:
+ case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_SPEC:
+ case HP_TYPE_MOD_STRING_3000:
+ case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_S300_COMPAT:
+ case HP_TYPE_FTN_STRING_VAX_COMPAT:
+ return FT_STRING;
+ case HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
+ return FT_TEMPLATE_ARG;
+ case HP_TYPE_TEXT:
+ case HP_TYPE_FLABEL:
+ case HP_TYPE_PACKED_DECIMAL:
+ case HP_TYPE_ANYPOINTER:
+ case HP_TYPE_GLOBAL_ANYPOINTER:
+ case HP_TYPE_LOCAL_ANYPOINTER:
+ default:
+ warning ("hpread_type_translate: unhandled type code.\n");
+ return FT_VOID;
+ }
+}
+
+/* Given a position in the DNTT, return a pointer to the
+ * already-built "struct type" (if any), for the type defined
+ * at that position.
+ */
+
+static struct type **
+hpread_lookup_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ unsigned old_len;
+ int index = hp_type.dnttp.index;
+ int size_changed = 0;
+
+ /* The immediate flag indicates this doesn't actually point to
+ * a type DNTT.
+ */
+ if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* For each objfile, we maintain a "type vector".
+ * This an array of "struct type *"'s with one pointer per DNTT index.
+ * Given a DNTT index, we look in this array to see if we have
+ * already processed this DNTT and if it is a type definition.
+ * If so, then we can locate a pointer to the already-built
+ * "struct type", and not build it again.
+ *
+ * The need for this arises because our DNTT-walking code wanders
+ * around. In particular, it will encounter the same type multiple
+ * times (once for each object of that type). We don't want to
+ * built multiple "struct type"'s for the same thing.
+ *
+ * Having said this, I should point out that this type-vector is
+ * an expensive way to keep track of this. If most DNTT entries are
+ * 3 words, the type-vector will be 1/3 the size of the DNTT itself.
+ * Alternative solutions:
+ * - Keep a compressed or hashed table. Less memory, but more expensive
+ * to search and update.
+ * - (Suggested by JB): Overwrite the DNTT entry itself
+ * with the info. Create a new type code "ALREADY_BUILT", and modify
+ * the DNTT to have that type code and point to the already-built entry.
+ * -RT
+ */
+
+ if (index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
+ {
+ if (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
+ {
+ old_len = TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile);
+
+ /* See if we need to allocate a type-vector. */
+ if (old_len == 0)
+ {
+ TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) = LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile) + GNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile);
+ TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
+ xmmalloc (objfile->md, TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *));
+ memset (&TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
+ (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
+ sizeof (struct type *));
+ }
+
+ /* See if we need to resize type-vector. With my change to
+ * initially allocate a correct-size type-vector, this code
+ * should no longer trigger.
+ */
+ while (index >= TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile))
+ {
+ TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) *= 2;
+ size_changed = 1;
+ }
+ if (size_changed)
+ {
+ TYPE_VECTOR (objfile) = (struct type **)
+ xmrealloc (objfile->md,
+ (char *) TYPE_VECTOR (objfile),
+ (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) * sizeof (struct type *)));
+
+ memset (&TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[old_len], 0,
+ (TYPE_VECTOR_LENGTH (objfile) - old_len) *
+ sizeof (struct type *));
+ }
+
+ }
+ return &TYPE_VECTOR (objfile)[index];
+ }
+ else
+ return NULL;
+}
+
+/* Possibly allocate a GDB internal type so we can internalize HP_TYPE.
+ Note we'll just return the address of a GDB internal type if we already
+ have it lying around. */
+
+static struct type *
+hpread_alloc_type (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ struct type **type_addr;
+
+ type_addr = hpread_lookup_type (hp_type, objfile);
+ if (*type_addr == 0)
+ {
+ *type_addr = alloc_type (objfile);
+
+ /* A hack - if we really are a C++ class symbol, then this default
+ * will get overriden later on.
+ */
+ TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (*type_addr)
+ = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
+ }
+
+ return *type_addr;
+}
+
+/* Read a native enumerated type and return it in GDB internal form. */
+
+static struct type *
+hpread_read_enum_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
+ struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ struct type *type;
+ struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms;
+ struct pending *local_list = NULL;
+ int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0;
+ dnttpointer mem;
+ union dnttentry *memp;
+ char *name;
+ long n;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+
+ /* Allocate a GDB type. If we've already read in this enum type,
+ * it'll return the already built GDB type, so stop here.
+ * (Note: I added this check, to conform with what's done for
+ * struct, union, class.
+ * I assume this is OK. - RT)
+ */
+ type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
+ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM)
+ return type;
+
+ /* HP C supports "sized enums", where a specifier such as "short" or
+ "char" can be used to get enums of different sizes. So don't assume
+ an enum is always 4 bytes long. pai/1997-08-21 */
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->denum.bitlength / 8;
+
+ symlist = &file_symbols;
+ osyms = *symlist;
o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0;
- /* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members. */
+ /* Get a name for each member and add it to our list of members.
+ * The list of "mem" SOM records we are walking should all be
+ * SOM type DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM (not checked).
+ */
mem = dn_bufp->denum.firstmem;
- while (mem.dnttp.extension && mem.word != DNTTNIL)
+ while (mem.word && mem.word != DNTTNIL)
{
memp = hpread_get_lntt (mem.dnttp.index, objfile);
TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, n) = SYMBOL_VALUE (xsym);
TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
}
- if (syms == osyms)
- break;
+ if (syms == osyms)
+ break;
+ }
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+/* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */
+
+static struct type *
+hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
+ struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
+{
+ struct type *type, *type1;
+ struct pending *syms;
+ struct pending *local_list = NULL;
+ int nsyms = 0;
+ dnttpointer param;
+ union dnttentry *paramp;
+ char *name;
+ long n;
+ struct symbol *sym;
+ int record_args = 1;
+
+ /* See if we've already read in this type. */
+ type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
+ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
+ {
+ record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
+ type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval,
+ objfile));
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
+ type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval,
+ objfile));
+ else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
+ type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc_template.retval,
+ objfile));
+ memcpy ((char *) type, (char *) type1, sizeof (struct type));
+
+ /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
+ }
+
+ /* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
+ wealth of other information. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC)
+ param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE)
+ param = dn_bufp->dfunctype.firstparam;
+ else /* expect DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE */
+ param = dn_bufp->dfunc_template.firstparam;
+ while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
+ {
+ paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ nsyms++;
+ param = paramp->dfparam.nextparam;
+
+ /* Get the name. */
+ name = VT (objfile) + paramp->dfparam.name;
+ sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct symbol));
+ (void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
+ &objfile->symbol_obstack);
+
+ /* Figure out where it lives. */
+ if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
+ else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
+ else
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
+ SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
+ if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
+ {
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
+#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
+ += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
+#endif
+ /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
+ Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
+ /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
+ C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
+ to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
+ allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
+ */
+#if 0
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
+
+ /* Get its type. */
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
+ /* Add it to the symbol list. */
+ /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
+ * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
+ * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
+ * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
+ * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
+ * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
+ * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
+ */
+ /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
+ each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
+ local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
+ global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
+ /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
+ this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
+ function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
+ Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
+ this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
+ a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
+ same global symbol list would not work!
+ Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do
+ not check the parameter lists of the arguments. */
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
+
+ }
+
+ /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
+ the type struct */
+ if (!record_args)
+ goto finish;
+
+ /* Note how many parameters we found. */
+ TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
+ TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
+
+ /* Find the symbols for the parameters and
+ use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
+ The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
+ /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
+ that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
+ FOO, not LAST_THING. */
+
+ /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
+ so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
+ have function as parameters */
+ for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
+ {
+ int j = 0;
+ for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
+ {
+ struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
+ TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
+ TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
+ TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
+ }
+ }
+ /* Mark it as having been processed */
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
+
+ /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
+ if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
+ {
+ fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
+ fixup_class = NULL;
+ fixup_method = NULL;
}
+ /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
+ to our local list. Do this only if this function was
+ called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
+ simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
+ invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
+finish:
+ if (newblock)
+ param_symbols = local_list;
+
return type;
}
-/* Read and internalize a native function debug symbol. */
+/* Read and internalize a native DOC function debug symbol. */
+/* This is almost identical to hpread_read_function_type(), except
+ * for references to dn_bufp->ddocfunc instead of db_bufp->dfunc.
+ * Since debug information for DOC functions is more likely to be
+ * volatile, please leave it this way.
+ */
static struct type *
-hpread_read_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
+hpread_read_doc_function_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
+ struct objfile *objfile, int newblock)
{
struct type *type, *type1;
- struct pending **symlist, *osyms, *syms;
- int o_nsyms, nsyms = 0;
+ struct pending *syms;
+ struct pending *local_list = NULL;
+ int nsyms = 0;
dnttpointer param;
union dnttentry *paramp;
char *name;
long n;
struct symbol *sym;
-
- param = dn_bufp->dfunc.firstparam;
+ int record_args = 1;
/* See if we've already read in this type. */
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC)
- return type;
-
- /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
- type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunc.retval,
- objfile));
- memcpy ((char *) type, (char *) type1, sizeof (struct type));
-
- symlist = &local_symbols;
- osyms = *symlist;
- o_nsyms = osyms ? osyms->nsyms : 0;
+ {
+ record_args = 0; /* already read in, don't modify type */
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Nope, so read it in and store it away. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
+ type1 = lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.retval,
+ objfile));
+ memcpy ((char *) type, (char *) type1, sizeof (struct type));
+
+ /* Mark it -- in the middle of processing */
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
+ }
/* Now examine each parameter noting its type, location, and a
wealth of other information. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC)
+ param = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.firstparam;
while (param.word && param.word != DNTTNIL)
{
paramp = hpread_get_lntt (param.dnttp.index, objfile);
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
sizeof (struct symbol));
(void) memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
- SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name),
- &objfile->symbol_obstack);
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = name;
+
+ /* Figure out where it lives. */
+ if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
+ else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
+ else
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
+ SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
+ if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
+ {
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
+#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
+ += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
+#endif
+ /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
+ Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
+ /* ??rehrauer: This appears to be broken w/r/t to passing
+ C values of type float and struct. Perhaps this ought
+ to be highighted as a special case, but for now, just
+ allowing these to be LOC_ARGs seems to work fine.
+ */
+#if 0
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
+#endif
+ }
+ else
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
+
+ /* Get its type. */
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
+ /* Add it to the symbol list. */
+ /* Note 1 (RT) At the moment, add_symbol_to_list() is also being
+ * called on FPARAM symbols from the process_one_debug_symbol()
+ * level... so parameters are getting added twice! (this shows
+ * up in the symbol dump you get from "maint print symbols ...").
+ * Note 2 (RT) I took out the processing of FPARAM from the
+ * process_one_debug_symbol() level, so at the moment parameters are only
+ * being processed here. This seems to have no ill effect.
+ */
+ /* Note 3 (pai/1997-08-11) I removed the add_symbol_to_list() which put
+ each fparam on the local_symbols list from here. Now we use the
+ local_list to which fparams are added below, and set the param_symbols
+ global to point to that at the end of this routine. */
+
+ /* elz: I added this new list of symbols which is local to the function.
+ this list is the one which is actually used to build the type for the
+ function rather than the gloabal list pointed to by symlist.
+ Using a global list to keep track of the parameters is wrong, because
+ this function is called recursively if one parameter happend to be
+ a function itself with more parameters in it. Adding parameters to the
+ same global symbol list would not work!
+ Actually it did work in case of cc compiled programs where you do not check the
+ parameter lists of the arguments. */
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_list);
+ }
+
+ /* If type was read in earlier, don't bother with modifying
+ the type struct */
+ if (!record_args)
+ goto finish;
+
+ /* Note how many parameters we found. */
+ TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
+ TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
+
+ /* Find the symbols for the parameters and
+ use them to fill parameter-type information into the function-type.
+ The parameter symbols can be found in the local_list that we just put them on. */
+ /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
+ that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
+ FOO, not LAST_THING. */
+
+ /* get the parameters types from the local list not the global list
+ so that the type can be correctly constructed for functions which
+ have function as parameters
+ */
+ for (syms = local_list, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
+ {
+ int j = 0;
+ for (j = 0; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
+ {
+ struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
+ TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
+ TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
+ TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Mark it as having been processed */
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~(TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE);
+
+ /* Check whether we need to fix-up a class type with this function's type */
+ if (fixup_class && (fixup_method == type))
+ {
+ fixup_class_method_type (fixup_class, fixup_method, objfile);
+ fixup_class = NULL;
+ fixup_method = NULL;
+ }
+
+ /* Set the param list of this level of the context stack
+ to our local list. Do this only if this function was
+ called for creating a new block, and not if it was called
+ simply to get the function type. This prevents recursive
+ invocations from trashing param_symbols. */
+finish:
+ if (newblock)
+ param_symbols = local_list;
+
+ return type;
+}
+
+
+
+/* A file-level variable which keeps track of the current-template
+ * being processed. Set in hpread_read_struct_type() while processing
+ * a template type. Referred to in hpread_get_nth_templ_arg().
+ * Yes, this is a kludge, but it arises from the kludge that already
+ * exists in symtab.h, namely the fact that they encode
+ * "template argument n" with fundamental type FT_TEMPLATE_ARG and
+ * bitlength n. This means that deep in processing fundamental types
+ * I need to ask the question "what template am I in the middle of?".
+ * The alternative to stuffing a global would be to pass an argument
+ * down the chain of calls just for this purpose.
+ *
+ * There may be problems handling nested templates... tough.
+ */
+static struct type *current_template = NULL;
+
+/* Read in and internalize a structure definition.
+ * This same routine is called for struct, union, and class types.
+ * Also called for templates, since they build a very similar
+ * type entry as for class types.
+ */
+
+static struct type *
+hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
+ struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ /* The data members get linked together into a list of struct nextfield's */
+ struct nextfield
+ {
+ struct nextfield *next;
+ struct field field;
+ unsigned char attributes; /* store visibility and virtuality info */
+#define ATTR_VIRTUAL 1
+#define ATTR_PRIVATE 2
+#define ATTR_PROTECT 3
+ };
+
+
+ /* The methods get linked together into a list of struct next_fn_field's */
+ struct next_fn_field
+ {
+ struct next_fn_field *next;
+ struct fn_fieldlist field;
+ struct fn_field fn_field;
+ int num_fn_fields;
+ };
+
+ /* The template args get linked together into a list of struct next_template's */
+ struct next_template
+ {
+ struct next_template *next;
+ struct template_arg arg;
+ };
+
+ /* The template instantiations get linked together into a list of these... */
+ struct next_instantiation
+ {
+ struct next_instantiation *next;
+ struct type *t;
+ };
+
+ struct type *type;
+ struct type *baseclass;
+ struct type *memtype;
+ struct nextfield *list = 0, *tmp_list = 0;
+ struct next_fn_field *fn_list = 0;
+ struct next_fn_field *fn_p;
+ struct next_template *t_new, *t_list = 0;
+ struct nextfield *new;
+ struct next_fn_field *fn_new;
+ struct next_instantiation *i_new, *i_list = 0;
+ int n, nfields = 0, n_fn_fields = 0, n_fn_fields_total = 0;
+ int n_base_classes = 0, n_templ_args = 0;
+ int ninstantiations = 0;
+ dnttpointer field, fn_field, parent;
+ union dnttentry *fieldp, *fn_fieldp, *parentp;
+ int i;
+ int static_member = 0;
+ int const_member = 0;
+ int volatile_member = 0;
+ unsigned long vtbl_offset;
+ int need_bitvectors = 0;
+ char *method_name = NULL;
+ char *method_alias = NULL;
+
+
+ /* Is it something we've already dealt with? */
+ type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
+ if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) ||
+ (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) ||
+ (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_CLASS) ||
+ (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE))
+ return type;
+
+ /* Get the basic type correct. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
+ {
+ TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8;
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
+ {
+ TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8;
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
+ {
+ TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_CLASS;
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.bitlength / 8;
+
+ /* Overrides the TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC(type) with allocated memory
+ * rather than &cplus_struct_default.
+ */
+ allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
+
+ /* Fill in declared-type.
+ * (The C++ compiler will emit TYPE_CODE_CLASS
+ * for all 3 of "class", "struct"
+ * "union", and we have to look at the "class_decl" field if we
+ * want to know how it was really declared)
+ */
+ /* (0==class, 1==union, 2==struct) */
+ TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl;
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ /* Get the basic type correct. */
+ TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE;
+ allocate_cplus_struct_type (type);
+ TYPE_DECLARED_TYPE (type) = DECLARED_TYPE_TEMPLATE;
+ }
+ else
+ return type;
+
+
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
+
+ /* For classes, read the parent list.
+ * Question (RT): Do we need to do this for templates also?
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
+ {
+
+ /* First read the parent-list (classes from which we derive fields) */
+ parent = dn_bufp->dclass.parentlist;
+ while (parent.word && parent.word != DNTTNIL)
+ {
+ parentp = hpread_get_lntt (parent.dnttp.index, objfile);
+
+ /* "parentp" should point to a DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE record */
+
+ /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
+
+ /* The "classname" field is actually a DNTT pointer to the base class */
+ baseclass = hpread_type_lookup (parentp->dinheritance.classname,
+ objfile);
+ FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = baseclass;
+
+ list->field.name = type_name_no_tag (FIELD_TYPE (list->field));
+
+ list->attributes = 0;
+
+ /* Check for virtuality of base, and set the
+ * offset of the base subobject within the object.
+ * (Offset set to -1 for virtual bases (for now).)
+ */
+ if (parentp->dinheritance.Virtual)
+ {
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL);
+ parentp->dinheritance.offset = -1;
+ }
+ else
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = parentp->dinheritance.offset;
+
+ /* Check visibility */
+ switch (parentp->dinheritance.visibility)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
+ break;
+ }
+
+ n_base_classes++;
+ nfields++;
+
+ parent = parentp->dinheritance.next;
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* For templates, read the template argument list.
+ * This must be done before processing the member list, because
+ * the member list may refer back to this. E.g.:
+ * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
+ * public:
+ * T1 a;
+ * T2 b;
+ * };
+ * We need to read the argument list "T1", "T2" first.
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ /* Kludge alert: This stuffs a global "current_template" which
+ * is referred to by hpread_get_nth_templ_arg(). The global
+ * is cleared at the end of this routine.
+ */
+ current_template = type;
+
+ /* Read in the argument list */
+ field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.arglist;
+ while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
+ {
+ /* Get this template argument */
+ fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
+ {
+ warning ("Invalid debug info: Template argument entry is of wrong kind");
+ break;
+ }
+ /* Bump the count */
+ n_templ_args++;
+ /* Allocate and fill in a struct next_template */
+ t_new = (struct next_template *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_template));
+ t_new->next = t_list;
+ t_list = t_new;
+ t_list->arg.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dtempl_arg.name;
+ t_list->arg.type = hpread_read_templ_arg_type (field, fieldp,
+ objfile, t_list->arg.name);
+ /* Walk to the next template argument */
+ field = fieldp->dtempl_arg.nextarg;
+ }
+ }
+
+ TYPE_NTEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = n_templ_args;
+
+ if (n_templ_args > 0)
+ TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARGS (type) = (struct template_arg *)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct template_arg) * n_templ_args);
+ for (n = n_templ_args; t_list; t_list = t_list->next)
+ {
+ n -= 1;
+ TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (type, n) = t_list->arg;
+ }
+
+ /* Next read in and internalize all the fields/members. */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
+ field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
+ field = dn_bufp->dunion.firstfield;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
+ field = dn_bufp->dclass.memberlist;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.memberlist;
+ else
+ field.word = DNTTNIL;
+
+ while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
+ {
+ fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+
+ /* At this point "fieldp" may point to either a DNTT_TYPE_FIELD
+ * or a DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD record.
+ */
+ vtbl_offset = 0;
+ static_member = 0;
+ const_member = 0;
+ volatile_member = 0;
+
+ if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD)
+ {
+
+ /* The type will be GENFIELD if the field is a method or
+ * a static member (or some other cases -- see below)
+ */
+
+ /* Follow a link to get to the record for the field. */
+ fn_field = fieldp->dgenfield.field;
+ fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+
+ /* Virtual funcs are indicated by a VFUNC which points to the
+ * real entry
+ */
+ if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC)
+ {
+ vtbl_offset = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.vtbl_offset;
+ fn_field = fn_fieldp->dvfunc.funcptr;
+ fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ }
+
+ /* A function's entry may be preceded by a modifier which
+ * labels it static/constant/volatile.
+ */
+ if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER)
+ {
+ static_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_static;
+ const_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_const;
+ volatile_member = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.m_volatile;
+ fn_field = fn_fieldp->dmodifier.type;
+ fn_fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (fn_field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ }
+
+ /* Check whether we have a method */
+ if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION) ||
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC) ||
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION))
+ {
+ /* Method found */
+
+ short ix = 0;
+
+ /* Look up function type of method */
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_field, objfile);
+
+ /* Methods can be seen before classes in the SOM records.
+ If we are processing this class because it's a parameter of a
+ method, at this point the method's type is actually incomplete;
+ we'll have to fix it up later; mark the class for this. */
+
+ if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
+ {
+ TYPE_FLAGS (type) |= TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
+ if (fixup_class)
+ warning ("Two classes to fix up for method?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
+ if (fixup_method)
+ warning ("Two methods to be fixed up at once?? Type information may be incorrect for some classes.");
+ fixup_class = type; /* remember this class has to be fixed up */
+ fixup_method = memtype; /* remember the method type to be used in fixup */
+ }
+
+ /* HP aCC generates operator names without the "operator" keyword, and
+ generates null strings as names for operators that are
+ user-defined type conversions to basic types (e.g. operator int ()).
+ So try to reconstruct name as best as possible. */
+
+ method_name = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.name);
+ method_alias = (char *) (VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfunc.alias);
+
+ if (!method_name || /* no name */
+ !*method_name || /* or null name */
+ cplus_mangle_opname (method_name, DMGL_ANSI)) /* or name is an operator like "<" */
+ {
+ char *tmp_name = cplus_demangle (method_alias, DMGL_ANSI);
+ char *op_string = strstr (tmp_name, "operator");
+ method_name = xmalloc (strlen (op_string) + 1); /* don't overwrite VT! */
+ strcpy (method_name, op_string);
+ }
+
+ /* First check if a method of the same name has already been seen. */
+ fn_p = fn_list;
+ while (fn_p)
+ {
+ if (STREQ (fn_p->field.name, method_name))
+ break;
+ fn_p = fn_p->next;
+ }
+
+ /* If no such method was found, allocate a new entry in the list */
+ if (!fn_p)
+ {
+ /* Get space to record this member function */
+ /* Note: alloca used; this will disappear on routine exit */
+ fn_new = (struct next_fn_field *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_fn_field));
+ fn_new->next = fn_list;
+ fn_list = fn_new;
+
+ /* Fill in the fields of the struct nextfield */
+
+ /* Record the (unmangled) method name */
+ fn_list->field.name = method_name;
+ /* Initial space for overloaded methods */
+ /* Note: xmalloc is used; this will persist after this routine exits */
+ fn_list->field.fn_fields = (struct fn_field *) xmalloc (5 * (sizeof (struct fn_field)));
+ fn_list->field.length = 1; /* Init # of overloaded instances */
+ fn_list->num_fn_fields = 5; /* # of entries for which space allocated */
+ fn_p = fn_list;
+ ix = 0; /* array index for fn_field */
+ /* Bump the total count of the distinctly named methods */
+ n_fn_fields++;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Another overloaded instance of an already seen method name */
+ {
+ if (++(fn_p->field.length) > fn_p->num_fn_fields)
+ {
+ /* Increase space allocated for overloaded instances */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields
+ = (struct fn_field *) xrealloc (fn_p->field.fn_fields,
+ (fn_p->num_fn_fields + 5) * sizeof (struct fn_field));
+ fn_p->num_fn_fields += 5;
+ }
+ ix = fn_p->field.length - 1; /* array index for fn_field */
+ }
+
+ /* "physname" is intended to be the name of this overloaded instance. */
+ if ((fn_fieldp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
+ method_alias &&
+ *method_alias) /* not a null string */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_alias;
+ else
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].physname = method_name;
+ /* What's expected here is the function type */
+ /* But mark it as NULL if the method was incompletely processed
+ We'll fix this up later when the method is fully processed */
+ if (TYPE_INCOMPLETE (memtype))
+ {
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = NULL;
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args = NULL;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type = memtype;
+
+ /* The argument list */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types =
+ (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct type *) * (memtype->nfields + 1));
+ for (i = 0; i < memtype->nfields; i++)
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types[i] = memtype->fields[i].type;
+ /* void termination */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].type->type_specific.arg_types[memtype->nfields] = builtin_type_void;
+
+ /* pai: It's not clear why this args field has to be set. Perhaps
+ * it should be eliminated entirely. */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args =
+ (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct type *) * (memtype->nfields + 1));
+ for (i = 0; i < memtype->nfields; i++)
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args[i] = memtype->fields[i].type;
+ /* null-terminated, unlike arg_types above e */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].args[memtype->nfields] = NULL;
+ }
+ /* For virtual functions, fill in the voffset field with the
+ * virtual table offset. (This is just copied over from the
+ * SOM record; not sure if it is what GDB expects here...).
+ * But if the function is a static method, set it to 1.
+ *
+ * Note that we have to add 1 because 1 indicates a static
+ * method, and 0 indicates a non-static, non-virtual method */
+
+ if (static_member)
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = VOFFSET_STATIC;
+ else
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].voffset = vtbl_offset ? vtbl_offset + 1 : 0;
+
+ /* Also fill in the fcontext field with the current
+ * class. (The latter isn't quite right: should be the baseclass
+ * that defines the virtual function... Note we do have
+ * a variable "baseclass" that we could stuff into the fcontext
+ * field, but "baseclass" isn't necessarily right either,
+ * since the virtual function could have been defined more
+ * than one level up).
+ */
+
+ if (vtbl_offset != 0)
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = type;
+ else
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].fcontext = NULL;
+
+ /* Other random fields pertaining to this method */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_const = const_member;
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_volatile = volatile_member; /* ?? */
+ switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 1;
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 1;
+ break;
+ default: /* public */
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_protected = 0;
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_private = 0;
+ }
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_stub = 0;
+
+ /* HP aCC emits both MEMFUNC and FUNCTION entries for a method;
+ if the class points to the FUNCTION, there is usually separate
+ code for the method; but if we have a MEMFUNC, the method has
+ been inlined (and there is usually no FUNCTION entry)
+ FIXME Not sure if this test is accurate. pai/1997-08-22 */
+ if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC) ||
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC))
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 1;
+ else
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].is_inlined = 0;
+
+ fn_p->field.fn_fields[ix].dummy = 0;
+
+ /* Bump the total count of the member functions */
+ n_fn_fields_total++;
+
+ }
+ else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
+ {
+ /* This case is for static data members of classes */
+
+ /* pai:: FIXME -- check that "staticmem" bit is set */
+
+ /* Get space to record this static member */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = -1; /* indicates static member */
+ SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (list->field, 0); /* initialize to empty */
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
+
+ FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
+ list->attributes = 0;
+ switch (fieldp->dgenfield.visibility)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
+ break;
+ }
+ nfields++;
+ }
+
+ else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
+ {
+ /* FIELDs follow GENFIELDs for fields of anonymous unions.
+ Code below is replicated from the case for FIELDs further
+ below, except that fieldp is replaced by fn_fieldp */
+ if (!fn_fieldp->dfield.a_union)
+ warning ("Debug info inconsistent: FIELD of anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
+ /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dfield.name;
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
+ if (fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
+ list->field.bitsize = fn_fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
+ else
+ list->field.bitsize = 0;
+
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
+ list->field.type = memtype;
+ list->attributes = 0;
+ switch (fn_fieldp->dfield.visibility)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
+ break;
+ }
+ nfields++;
+ }
+ else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_SVAR)
+ {
+ /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
+ if (!fn_fieldp->dsvar.a_union)
+ warning ("Debug info inconsistent: SVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
+ /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->dsvar.name;
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->dsvar.type, objfile);
+ list->field.type = memtype;
+ list->attributes = 0;
+ /* No info to set visibility -- always public */
+ nfields++;
+ }
+ else if (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_DVAR)
+ {
+ /* Field of anonymous union; union is not inside a class */
+ if (!fn_fieldp->ddvar.a_union)
+ warning ("Debug info inconsistent: DVAR field in anonymous union doesn't have a_union bit set");
+ /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fn_fieldp->ddvar.name;
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = 0; /* FIXME is this always true? */
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0; /* use length from type */
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fn_fieldp->ddvar.type, objfile);
+ list->field.type = memtype;
+ list->attributes = 0;
+ /* No info to set visibility -- always public */
+ nfields++;
+ }
+ else
+ { /* Not a method, nor a static data member, nor an anon union field */
+
+ /* This case is for miscellaneous type entries (local enums,
+ local function templates, etc.) that can be present
+ inside a class. */
+
+ /* Enums -- will be handled by other code that takes care
+ of DNTT_TYPE_ENUM; here we see only DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM so
+ it's not clear we could have handled them here at all. */
+ /* FUNC_TEMPLATE: is handled by other code (?). */
+ /* MEMACCESS: modified access for inherited member. Not
+ sure what to do with this, ignoriing it at present. */
+
+ /* What other entries can appear following a GENFIELD which
+ we do not handle above? (MODIFIER, VFUNC handled above.) */
+
+ if ((fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS) &&
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM) &&
+ (fn_fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE))
+ warning ("Internal error: Unexpected debug record kind %d found following DNTT_GENFIELD",
+ fn_fieldp->dblock.kind);
+ }
+ /* walk to the next FIELD or GENFIELD */
+ field = fieldp->dgenfield.nextfield;
+
+ }
+ else if (fieldp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_FIELD)
+ {
+
+ /* Ordinary structure/union/class field */
+ struct type *anon_union_type;
+
+ /* Get space to record the next field/data-member. */
+ new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
+ new->next = list;
+ list = new;
+
+ list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name;
+
+
+ /* A FIELD by itself (without a GENFIELD) can also be a static member */
+ if (fieldp->dfield.staticmem)
+ {
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = -1;
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ /* Non-static data member */
+ {
+ FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
+ if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
+ else
+ FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
+ }
+
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type, objfile);
+ FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = memtype;
+ list->attributes = 0;
+ switch (fieldp->dfield.visibility)
+ {
+ case 1:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT);
+ break;
+ case 2:
+ B_SET (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE);
+ break;
+ }
+ nfields++;
+
+
+ /* Note 1: First, we have to check if the current field is an anonymous
+ union. If it is, then *its* fields are threaded along in the
+ nextfield chain. :-( This was supposed to help debuggers, but is
+ really just a nuisance since we deal with anonymous unions anyway by
+ checking that the name is null. So anyway, we skip over the fields
+ of the anonymous union. pai/1997-08-22 */
+ /* Note 2: In addition, the bitoffsets for the fields of the anon union
+ are relative to the enclosing struct, *NOT* relative to the anon
+ union! This is an even bigger nuisance -- we have to go in and munge
+ the anon union's type information appropriately. pai/1997-08-22 */
- /* Figure out where it lives. */
- if (paramp->dfparam.regparam)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM;
- else if (paramp->dfparam.indirect)
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
+ /* Both tasks noted above are done by a separate function. This takes us
+ to the next FIELD or GENFIELD, skipping anon unions, and recursively
+ processing intermediate types. */
+ field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (1, field, &fieldp, objfile);
+
+ }
else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
- if (paramp->dfparam.copyparam)
{
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
- += HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS (CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile));
-#endif
- /* This is likely a pass-by-invisible reference parameter,
- Hack on the symbol class to make GDB happy. */
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGPARM_ADDR;
+ /* neither field nor genfield ?? is this possible?? */
+ /* pai:: FIXME walk to the next -- how? */
+ warning ("Internal error: unexpected DNTT kind %d encountered as field of struct",
+ fieldp->dblock.kind);
+ warning ("Skipping remaining fields of struct");
+ break; /* get out of loop of fields */
}
- else
- SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = paramp->dfparam.location;
-
- /* Get its type. */
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (paramp->dfparam.type, objfile);
+ }
- /* Add it to the list. */
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, symlist);
+ /* If it's a template, read in the instantiation list */
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ ninstantiations = 0;
+ field = dn_bufp->dtemplate.expansions;
+ while (field.word && field.word != DNTTNIL)
+ {
+ fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+
+ /* The expansions or nextexp should point to a tagdef */
+ if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
+ break;
+
+ i_new = (struct next_instantiation *) alloca (sizeof (struct next_instantiation));
+ i_new->next = i_list;
+ i_list = i_new;
+ i_list->t = hpread_type_lookup (field, objfile);
+ ninstantiations++;
+
+ /* And the "type" field of that should point to a class */
+ field = fieldp->dtag.type;
+ fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ if (fieldp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
+ break;
+
+ /* Get the next expansion */
+ field = fieldp->dclass.nextexp;
+ }
+ }
+ TYPE_NINSTANTIATIONS (type) = ninstantiations;
+ if (ninstantiations > 0)
+ TYPE_INSTANTIATIONS (type) = (struct type **)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct type *) * ninstantiations);
+ for (n = ninstantiations; i_list; i_list = i_list->next)
+ {
+ n -= 1;
+ TYPE_INSTANTIATION (type, n) = i_list->t;
}
- /* Note how many parameters we found. */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nsyms;
+
+ /* Copy the field-list to GDB's symbol table */
+ TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
+ TYPE_N_BASECLASSES (type) = n_base_classes;
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
- sizeof (struct field) * nsyms);
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
+ /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */
+ for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
+ {
+ n -= 1;
+ TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = tmp_list->field;
+ }
- /* Find the symbols for the values and put them into the type.
- The symbols can be found in the symlist that we put them on
- to cause them to be defined. osyms contains the old value
- of that symlist; everything up to there was defined by us. */
- /* Note that we preserve the order of the parameters, so
- that in something like "enum {FOO, LAST_THING=FOO}" we print
- FOO, not LAST_THING. */
- for (syms = *symlist, n = 0; syms; syms = syms->next)
+ /* Copy the "function-field-list" (i.e., the list of member
+ * functions in the class) to GDB's symbol table
+ */
+ TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (type) = n_fn_fields;
+ TYPE_NFN_FIELDS_TOTAL (type) = n_fn_fields_total;
+ TYPE_FN_FIELDLISTS (type) = (struct fn_fieldlist *)
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct fn_fieldlist) * n_fn_fields);
+ for (n = n_fn_fields; fn_list; fn_list = fn_list->next)
{
- int j = 0;
- if (syms == osyms)
- j = o_nsyms;
- for (; j < syms->nsyms; j++, n++)
+ n -= 1;
+ TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST (type, n) = fn_list->field;
+ }
+
+ /* pai:: FIXME -- perhaps each bitvector should be created individually */
+ for (n = nfields, tmp_list = list; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
+ {
+ n -= 1;
+ if (tmp_list->attributes)
{
- struct symbol *xsym = syms->symbol[j];
- TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, n) = SYMBOL_NAME (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, n) = SYMBOL_TYPE (xsym);
- TYPE_FIELD_ARTIFICIAL (type, n) = 0;
- TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type, n) = 0;
+ need_bitvectors = 1;
+ break;
}
- if (syms == osyms)
- break;
}
- return type;
-}
-
-/* Read in and internalize a structure definition. */
-static struct type *
-hpread_read_struct_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
- struct objfile *objfile)
-{
- struct nextfield
+ if (need_bitvectors)
{
- struct nextfield *next;
- struct field field;
- };
+ /* pai:: this step probably redundant */
+ ALLOCATE_CPLUS_STRUCT_TYPE (type);
- struct type *type;
- struct nextfield *list = 0;
- struct nextfield *new;
- int n, nfields = 0;
- dnttpointer field;
- union dnttentry *fieldp;
+ TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) =
+ (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
+ B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type), nfields);
- /* Is it something we've already dealt with? */
- type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
- if ((TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT) ||
- (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION))
- return type;
+ TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) =
+ (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
+ B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type), nfields);
- /* Get the basic type correct. */
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
+ TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) =
+ (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
+ B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type), nfields);
+
+ /* this field vector isn't actually used with HP aCC */
+ TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type) =
+ (B_TYPE *) TYPE_ALLOC (type, B_BYTES (nfields));
+ B_CLRALL (TYPE_FIELD_IGNORE_BITS (type), nfields);
+
+ while (nfields-- > 0)
+ {
+ if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_VIRTUAL))
+ SET_TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL (type, nfields);
+ if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PRIVATE))
+ SET_TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE (type, nfields);
+ if (B_TST (&(list->attributes), ATTR_PROTECT))
+ SET_TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED (type, nfields);
+
+ list = list->next;
+ }
+ }
+ else
{
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dstruct.bitlength / 8;
+ TYPE_FIELD_VIRTUAL_BITS (type) = NULL;
+ TYPE_FIELD_PROTECTED_BITS (type) = NULL;
+ TYPE_FIELD_PRIVATE_BITS (type) = NULL;
}
- else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
+
+ if (has_vtable (type))
{
- TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_UNION;
- TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->dunion.bitlength / 8;
+ /* Allocate space for class runtime information */
+ TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = (struct runtime_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct runtime_info));
+ /* Set flag for vtable */
+ TYPE_VTABLE (type) = 1;
+ /* The first non-virtual base class with a vtable. */
+ TYPE_PRIMARY_BASE (type) = primary_base_class (type);
+ /* The virtual base list. */
+ TYPE_VIRTUAL_BASE_LIST (type) = virtual_base_list (type);
}
else
- return type;
+ TYPE_RUNTIME_PTR (type) = NULL;
+ /* If this is a local type (C++ - declared inside a function), record file name & line # */
+ if (hpread_get_scope_depth (dn_bufp, objfile, 1 /* no need for real depth */ ))
+ {
+ TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = (struct local_type_info *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct local_type_info));
+ TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type) = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (current_subfile->name) + 1);
+ strcpy (TYPE_LOCALTYPE_FILE (type), current_subfile->name);
+ if (current_subfile->line_vector && (current_subfile->line_vector->nitems > 0))
+ TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = current_subfile->line_vector->item[current_subfile->line_vector->nitems - 1].line;
+ else
+ TYPE_LOCALTYPE_LINE (type) = 0;
+ }
+ else
+ TYPE_LOCALTYPE_PTR (type) = NULL;
- TYPE_FLAGS (type) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_STUB;
+ /* Clear the global saying what template we are in the middle of processing */
+ current_template = NULL;
- /* Read in and internalize all the fields. */
- field = dn_bufp->dstruct.firstfield;
- while (field.word != DNTTNIL && field.dnttp.extension)
- {
- fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ /* Fix up any cv-qualified versions of this type. */
+ finish_cv_type (type);
- /* Get space to record the next field's data. */
- new = (struct nextfield *) alloca (sizeof (struct nextfield));
- new->next = list;
- list = new;
+ return type;
+}
- list->field.name = VT (objfile) + fieldp->dfield.name;
- FIELD_BITPOS (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitoffset;
- if (fieldp->dfield.bitlength % 8)
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = fieldp->dfield.bitlength;
- else
- FIELD_BITSIZE (list->field) = 0;
- nfields++;
- field = fieldp->dfield.nextfield;
- FIELD_TYPE (list->field) = hpread_type_lookup (fieldp->dfield.type,
- objfile);
- }
+/* Adjust the physnames for each static member of a struct
+ or class type to be something like "A::x"; then various
+ other pieces of code that do a lookup_symbol on the phyname
+ work correctly.
+ TYPE is a pointer to the struct/class type
+ NAME is a char * (string) which is the class/struct name
+ Void return */
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = nfields;
- TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
- obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field) * nfields);
+static void
+fix_static_member_physnames (struct type *type, char *class_name,
+ struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ int i;
- /* Copy the saved-up fields into the field vector. */
- for (n = nfields; list; list = list->next)
- {
- n -= 1;
- TYPE_FIELD (type, n) = list->field;
- }
+ /* We fix the member names only for classes or structs */
+ if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
+ return;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
+ if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC (type, i))
+ {
+ if (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i))
+ return; /* physnames are already set */
+
+ SET_FIELD_PHYSNAME (type->fields[i],
+ obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ strlen (class_name) + strlen (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i)) + 3));
+ strcpy (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), class_name);
+ strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), "::");
+ strcat (TYPE_FIELD_STATIC_PHYSNAME (type, i), TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type, i));
+ }
+}
+
+/* Fix-up the type structure for a CLASS so that the type entry
+ * for a method (previously marked with a null type in hpread_read_struct_type()
+ * is set correctly to METHOD.
+ * OBJFILE is as for other such functions.
+ * Void return. */
+
+static void
+fixup_class_method_type (struct type *class, struct type *method,
+ struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ int i, j, k;
+
+ if (!class || !method || !objfile)
+ return;
+
+ /* Only for types that have methods */
+ if ((TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS) &&
+ (TYPE_CODE (class) != TYPE_CODE_UNION))
+ return;
+
+ /* Loop over all methods and find the one marked with a NULL type */
+ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFN_FIELDS (class); i++)
+ for (j = 0; j < TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST_LENGTH (class, i); j++)
+ if (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) == NULL)
+ {
+ /* Set the method type */
+ TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j) = method;
+ /* The argument list */
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types
+ = (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct type *) * (method->nfields + 1));
+ for (k = 0; k < method->nfields; k++)
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types[k] = method->fields[k].type;
+ /* void termination */
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD_TYPE (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j))->type_specific.arg_types[method->nfields] = builtin_type_void;
+
+ /* pai: It's not clear why this args field has to be set. Perhaps
+ * it should be eliminated entirely. */
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args
+ = (struct type **) obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct type *) * (method->nfields + 1));
+ for (k = 0; k < method->nfields; k++)
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args[k] = method->fields[k].type;
+ /* null-terminated, unlike arg_types above */
+ (TYPE_FN_FIELD (TYPE_FN_FIELDLIST1 (class, i), j)).args[method->nfields] = NULL;
+
+ /* Break out of both loops -- only one method to fix up in a class */
+ goto finish;
+ }
+
+finish:
+ TYPE_FLAGS (class) &= ~TYPE_FLAG_INCOMPLETE;
+}
+
+
+/* If we're in the middle of processing a template, get a pointer
+ * to the Nth template argument.
+ * An example may make this clearer:
+ * template <class T1, class T2> class q2 {
+ * public:
+ * T1 a;
+ * T2 b;
+ * };
+ * The type for "a" will be "first template arg" and
+ * the type for "b" will be "second template arg".
+ * We need to look these up in order to fill in "a" and "b"'s type.
+ * This is called from hpread_type_lookup().
+ */
+static struct type *
+hpread_get_nth_template_arg (struct objfile *objfile, int n)
+{
+ if (current_template != NULL)
+ return TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG (current_template, n).type;
+ else
+ return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_TEMPLATE_ARG);
+}
+
+/* Read in and internalize a TEMPL_ARG (template arg) symbol. */
+
+static struct type *
+hpread_read_templ_arg_type (dnttpointer hp_type, union dnttentry *dn_bufp,
+ struct objfile *objfile, char *name)
+{
+ struct type *type;
+
+ /* See if it's something we've already deal with. */
+ type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
+ if (TYPE_CODE (type) == TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
+ return type;
+
+ /* Nope. Fill in the appropriate fields. */
+ TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_TEMPLATE_ARG;
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
+ TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 0;
+ TYPE_NAME (type) = name;
return type;
}
struct objfile *objfile)
{
struct type *type;
- union dnttentry save;
- save = *dn_bufp;
- /* Why no check here? Because it kept us from properly determining
- the size of the array! */
+ /* Allocate an array type symbol.
+ * Why no check for already-read here, like in the other
+ * hpread_read_xxx_type routines? Because it kept us
+ * from properly determining the size of the array!
+ */
type = hpread_alloc_type (hp_type, objfile);
TYPE_CODE (type) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY;
- /* values are not normalized. */
- if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes)
- || (!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes)))
- internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
+ /* Although the hp-symtab.h does not *require* this to be the case,
+ * GDB is assuming that "arrayisbytes" and "elemisbytes" be consistent.
+ * I.e., express both array-length and element-length in bits,
+ * or express both array-length and element-length in bytes.
+ */
+ if (!((dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes) ||
+ (!dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes && !dn_bufp->darray.elemisbytes)))
+ {
+ warning ("error in hpread_array_type.\n");
+ return NULL;
+ }
else if (dn_bufp->darray.arraylength == 0x7fffffff)
{
/* The HP debug format represents char foo[]; as an array with
- length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this
- as an array of length zero. */
+ * length 0x7fffffff. Internally GDB wants to represent this
+ * as an array of length zero.
+ */
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = 0;
}
- else
+ else if (dn_bufp->darray.arrayisbytes)
+ TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength;
+ else /* arraylength is in bits */
TYPE_LENGTH (type) = dn_bufp->darray.arraylength / 8;
- TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1;
TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.elemtype,
objfile);
- dn_bufp = &save;
+
+ /* The one "field" is used to store the subscript type */
+ /* Since C and C++ multi-dimensional arrays are simply represented
+ * as: array of array of ..., we only need one subscript-type
+ * per array. This subscript type is typically a subrange of integer.
+ * If this gets extended to support languages like Pascal, then
+ * we need to fix this to represent multi-dimensional arrays properly.
+ */
+ TYPE_NFIELDS (type) = 1;
TYPE_FIELDS (type) = (struct field *)
obstack_alloc (&objfile->type_obstack, sizeof (struct field));
TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type, 0) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->darray.indextype,
return type;
}
+/* struct type * hpread_type_lookup(hp_type, objfile)
+ * Arguments:
+ * hp_type: A pointer into the DNTT specifying what type we
+ * are about to "look up"., or else [for fundamental types
+ * like int, float, ...] an "immediate" structure describing
+ * the type.
+ * objfile: ?
+ * Return value: A pointer to a "struct type" (representation of a
+ * type in GDB's internal symbol table - see gdbtypes.h)
+ * Routine description:
+ * There are a variety of places when scanning the DNTT when we
+ * need to interpret a "type" field. The simplest and most basic
+ * example is when we're processing the symbol table record
+ * for a data symbol (a SVAR or DVAR record). That has
+ * a "type" field specifying the type of the data symbol. That
+ * "type" field is either an "immediate" type specification (for the
+ * fundamental types) or a DNTT pointer (for more complicated types).
+ * For the more complicated types, we may or may not have already
+ * processed the pointed-to type. (Multiple data symbols can of course
+ * share the same type).
+ * The job of hpread_type_lookup() is to process this "type" field.
+ * Most of the real work is done in subroutines. Here we interpret
+ * the immediate flag. If not immediate, chase the DNTT pointer to
+ * find our way to the SOM record describing the type, switch on
+ * the SOM kind, and then call an appropriate subroutine depending
+ * on what kind of type we are constructing. (e.g., an array type,
+ * a struct/class type, etc).
+ */
static struct type *
hpread_type_lookup (dnttpointer hp_type, struct objfile *objfile)
{
union dnttentry *dn_bufp;
+ struct type *tmp_type;
/* First see if it's a simple builtin type. */
if (hp_type.dntti.immediate)
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, hpread_type_translate (hp_type));
+ {
+ /* If this is a template argument, the argument number is
+ * encoded in the bitlength. All other cases, just return
+ * GDB's representation of this fundamental type.
+ */
+ if (hp_type.dntti.type == HP_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG)
+ return hpread_get_nth_template_arg (objfile, hp_type.dntti.bitlength);
+ else
+ return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile,
+ hpread_type_translate (hp_type));
+ }
/* Not a builtin type. We'll have to read it in. */
if (hp_type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (hp_type.dnttp.index, objfile);
else
+ /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
switch (dn_bufp->dblock.kind)
{
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
case DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT:
case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
- case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
- case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
- /* Opps. Something went very wrong. */
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
+ /* These are not types - something went wrong. */
+ /* This is a fancy way of returning NULL */
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
+ /* We wind up here when dealing with class member functions
+ * (called from hpread_read_struct_type(), i.e. when processing
+ * the class definition itself).
+ */
+ return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
+ return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
{
+ /* A typedef - chase it down by making a recursive call */
struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
objfile);
- char *suffix;
- suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
- TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (structtype)
- = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
- TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
+ /* The following came from the base hpread.c that we inherited.
+ * It is WRONG so I have commented it out. - RT
+ *...
+
+ char *suffix;
+ suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
+ TYPE_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
+
+ * ... further explanation ....
+ *
+ * What we have here is a typedef pointing to a typedef.
+ * E.g.,
+ * typedef int foo;
+ * typedef foo fum;
+ *
+ * What we desire to build is (these are pictures
+ * of "struct type"'s):
+ *
+ * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
+ * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
+ * | type| -> | type| -> | |
+ * | "fum" | | "foo" | | "int" |
+ * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
+ *
+ * What this commented-out code is doing is smashing the
+ * name of pointed-to-type to be the same as the pointed-from
+ * type. So we wind up with something like:
+ *
+ * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
+ * | typedef | | typedef | | fund. type |
+ * | type| -> | type| -> | |
+ * | "fum" | | "fum" | | "fum" |
+ * +---------+ +----------+ +------------+
+ *
+ */
+
return structtype;
}
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
{
/* Just a little different from above. We have to tack on
- an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, etc). */
+ * an identifier of some kind (struct, union, enum, class, etc).
+ */
struct type *structtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type,
objfile);
char *prefix, *suffix;
suffix = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtype.name;
/* Lookup the next type in the list. It should be a structure,
- union, or enum type. We will need to attach that to our name. */
+ * union, class, enum, or template type.
+ * We will need to attach that to our name.
+ */
if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
else
- internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, "failed internal consistency check");
+ {
+ complain (&hpread_type_lookup_complaint);
+ return NULL;
+ }
if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT)
- prefix = "struct ";
+ {
+ prefix = "struct ";
+ }
else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_UNION)
- prefix = "union ";
+ {
+ prefix = "union ";
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS)
+ {
+ /* Further field for CLASS saying how it was really declared */
+ /* 0==class, 1==union, 2==struct */
+ if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 0)
+ prefix = "class ";
+ else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 1)
+ prefix = "union ";
+ else if (dn_bufp->dclass.class_decl == 2)
+ prefix = "struct ";
+ else
+ prefix = "";
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM)
+ {
+ prefix = "enum ";
+ }
+ else if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ prefix = "template ";
+ }
else
- prefix = "enum ";
+ {
+ prefix = "";
+ }
/* Build the correct name. */
structtype->name
TYPE_NAME (structtype) = strcat (TYPE_NAME (structtype), suffix);
TYPE_TAG_NAME (structtype) = suffix;
- TYPE_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (structtype)
- = (struct cplus_struct_type *) &cplus_struct_default;
+ /* For classes/structs, we have to set the static member "physnames"
+ to point to strings like "Class::Member" */
+ if (TYPE_CODE (structtype) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT)
+ fix_static_member_physnames (structtype, suffix, objfile);
return structtype;
}
+
case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- return lookup_pointer_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto,
- objfile));
+ /* Pointer type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
+ * the appropriate GDB type.
+ */
+ return make_pointer_type (
+ hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto,
+ objfile),
+ NULL);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
+ /* C++ reference type - call a routine in gdbtypes.c that constructs
+ * the appropriate GDB type.
+ */
+ return make_reference_type (
+ hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dreference.pointsto,
+ objfile),
+ NULL);
+
case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
return hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
return hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfield.type, objfile);
- case DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_FILE:
- return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
+
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
- return lookup_function_type (hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfunctype.retval,
- objfile));
- case DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT:
- case DNTT_TYPE_XREF:
- case DNTT_TYPE_SA:
- case DNTT_TYPE_MACRO:
+ /* Here we want to read the function SOMs and return a
+ * type for it. We get here, for instance, when processing
+ * pointer-to-function type.
+ */
+ return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
+ /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type.
+ * The "pointsto" field defines the class,
+ * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
+ */
+ {
+ struct type *ptrmemtype;
+ struct type *class_type;
+ struct type *memtype;
+ memtype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
+ objfile),
+ class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
+ objfile),
+ ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
+ smash_to_member_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, memtype);
+ return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
+ /* Defines a C++ pointer-to-function-member type.
+ * The "pointsto" field defines the class,
+ * while the "memtype" field defines the pointed-to-type.
+ */
+ {
+ struct type *ptrmemtype;
+ struct type *class_type;
+ struct type *functype;
+ struct type *retvaltype;
+ int nargs;
+ int i;
+ struct type **args_type;
+ class_type = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.pointsto,
+ objfile);
+ functype = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dptrmem.memtype,
+ objfile);
+ retvaltype = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (functype);
+ nargs = TYPE_NFIELDS (functype);
+ args_type = (struct type **) xmalloc ((nargs + 1) * sizeof (struct type *));
+ for (i = 0; i < nargs; i++)
+ {
+ args_type[i] = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, i);
+ }
+ args_type[nargs] = NULL;
+ ptrmemtype = alloc_type (objfile);
+ smash_to_method_type (ptrmemtype, class_type, retvaltype, args_type);
+ return make_pointer_type (ptrmemtype, NULL);
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
+ return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
+ /* Chase pointer from GENFIELD to FIELD, and make recursive
+ * call on that.
+ */
+ return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dgenfield.field, objfile);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
+ /* C++ virtual function.
+ * We get here in the course of processing a class type which
+ * contains virtual functions. Just go through another level
+ * of indirection to get to the pointed-to function SOM.
+ */
+ return hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dvfunc.funcptr, objfile);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
+ /* Check the modifiers and then just make a recursive call on
+ * the "type" pointed to by the modifier DNTT.
+ *
+ * pai:: FIXME -- do we ever want to handle "m_duplicate" and
+ * "m_void" modifiers? Is static_flag really needed here?
+ * (m_static used for methods of classes, elsewhere).
+ */
+ tmp_type = make_cv_type (dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_const,
+ dn_bufp->dmodifier.m_volatile,
+ hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dmodifier.type, objfile),
+ 0);
+ return tmp_type;
+
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
+ /* Member function. Treat like a function.
+ * I think we get here in the course of processing a
+ * pointer-to-member-function type...
+ */
+ return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
+ return hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
+ /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
+ * which like a class, points to a member list and also points
+ * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
+ */
+ return hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
+ {
+ char *name;
+ /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
+ * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
+ * of the type-arguments.
+ */
+ name = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dtempl_arg.name;
+ return hpread_read_templ_arg_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, name);
+ }
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
+ /* We wind up here when processing a TEMPLATE type,
+ * if the template has member function(s).
+ * Treat it like a FUNCTION.
+ */
+ return hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 0);
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
+ /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations.
+ * There is no type associated with the LINK record per se.
+ */
+ return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
+
+ /* Also not yet handled... */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC: */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE: */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT: */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN: */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST: */
+ /* case DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS: */
default:
+ /* A fancy way of returning NULL */
return lookup_fundamental_type (objfile, FT_VOID);
}
}
|| sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_EXIT)
record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snorm.line,
sl_bufp->snorm.address + offset);
+ else if (sl_bufp->snorm.sltdesc == SLT_NORMAL_OFFSET)
+ record_line (subfile, sl_bufp->snormoff.line,
+ sl_bufp->snormoff.address + offset);
s_idx++;
}
return e_idx;
}
-/* Internalize one native debug symbol. */
+/* Given a function "f" which is a member of a class, find
+ * the classname that it is a member of. Used to construct
+ * the name (e.g., "c::f") which GDB will put in the
+ * "demangled name" field of the function's symbol.
+ * Called from hpread_process_one_debug_symbol()
+ * If "f" is not a member function, return NULL.
+ */
+char *
+class_of (struct type *functype)
+{
+ struct type *first_param_type;
+ char *first_param_name;
+ struct type *pointed_to_type;
+ char *class_name;
+
+ /* Check that the function has a first argument "this",
+ * and that "this" is a pointer to a class. If not,
+ * functype is not a member function, so return NULL.
+ */
+ if (TYPE_NFIELDS (functype) == 0)
+ return NULL;
+ first_param_name = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (functype, 0);
+ if (first_param_name == NULL)
+ return NULL; /* paranoia */
+ if (strcmp (first_param_name, "this"))
+ return NULL;
+ first_param_type = TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (functype, 0);
+ if (first_param_type == NULL)
+ return NULL; /* paranoia */
+ if (TYPE_CODE (first_param_type) != TYPE_CODE_PTR)
+ return NULL;
+
+ /* Get the thing that "this" points to, check that
+ * it's a class, and get its class name.
+ */
+ pointed_to_type = TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (first_param_type);
+ if (pointed_to_type == NULL)
+ return NULL; /* paranoia */
+ if (TYPE_CODE (pointed_to_type) != TYPE_CODE_CLASS)
+ return NULL;
+ class_name = TYPE_NAME (pointed_to_type);
+ if (class_name == NULL)
+ return NULL; /* paranoia */
+
+ /* The class name may be of the form "class c", in which case
+ * we want to strip off the leading "class ".
+ */
+ if (strncmp (class_name, "class ", 6) == 0)
+ class_name += 6;
+
+ return class_name;
+}
+
+/* Internalize one native debug symbol.
+ * Called in a loop from hpread_expand_symtab().
+ * Arguments:
+ * dn_bufp:
+ * name:
+ * section_offsets:
+ * objfile:
+ * text_offset:
+ * text_size:
+ * filename:
+ * index: Index of this symbol
+ * at_module_boundary_p Pointer to boolean flag to control caller's loop.
+ */
static void
hpread_process_one_debug_symbol (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, char *name,
struct section_offsets *section_offsets,
struct objfile *objfile, CORE_ADDR text_offset,
- int text_size, char *filename, int index)
+ int text_size, char *filename, int index,
+ int *at_module_boundary_p)
{
unsigned long desc;
int type;
CORE_ADDR valu;
int offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+ int data_offset = ANOFFSET (section_offsets, SECT_OFF_DATA (objfile));
union dnttentry *dn_temp;
dnttpointer hp_type;
struct symbol *sym;
struct context_stack *new;
+ char *class_scope_name;
- /* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */
+ /* Allocate one GDB debug symbol and fill in some default values. */
sym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
sizeof (struct symbol));
memset (sym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = obsavestring (name, strlen (name), &objfile->symbol_obstack);
SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_auto;
- SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = 0;
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = 0;
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
+ /* Just a trick in case the SOM debug symbol is a type definition.
+ * There are routines that are set up to build a GDB type symbol, given
+ * a SOM dnttpointer. So we set up a dummy SOM dnttpointer "hp_type".
+ * This allows us to call those same routines.
+ */
hp_type.dnttp.extension = 1;
hp_type.dnttp.immediate = 0;
hp_type.dnttp.global = 0;
hp_type.dnttp.index = index;
+ /* This "type" is the type of SOM record.
+ * Switch on SOM type.
+ */
type = dn_bufp->dblock.kind;
-
switch (type)
{
case DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE:
- /* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or include file
- the following data comes. If there are no modules it also may
- indicate the start of a new source file, in which case we must
- finish the symbol table of the previous source file
- (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table. */
+ /* This type of symbol indicates from which source file or
+ * include file any following data comes. It may indicate:
+ *
+ * o The start of an entirely new source file (and thus
+ * a new module)
+ *
+ * o The start of a different source file due to #include
+ *
+ * o The end of an include file and the return to the original
+ * file. Thus if "foo.c" includes "bar.h", we see first
+ * a SRCFILE for foo.c, then one for bar.h, and then one for
+ * foo.c again.
+ *
+ * If it indicates the start of a new module then we must
+ * finish the symbol table of the previous module
+ * (if any) and start accumulating a new symbol table.
+ */
valu = text_offset;
if (!last_source_file)
{
+ /*
+ * A note on "last_source_file": this is a char* pointing
+ * to the actual file name. "start_symtab" sets it,
+ * "end_symtab" clears it.
+ *
+ * So if "last_source_file" is NULL, then either this is
+ * the first record we are looking at, or a previous call
+ * to "end_symtab()" was made to close out the previous
+ * module. Since we're now quitting the scan loop when we
+ * see a MODULE END record, we should never get here, except
+ * in the case that we're not using the quick look-up tables
+ * and have to use the old system as a fall-back.
+ */
start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
record_debugformat ("HP");
SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dsfile.address;
}
+
+ else
+ {
+ /* Either a new include file, or a SRCFILE record
+ * saying we are back in the main source (or out of
+ * a nested include file) again.
+ */
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
+ SL_INDEX (objfile),
+ dn_bufp->dsfile.address,
+ objfile, offset);
+ }
+
+ /* A note on "start_subfile". This routine will check
+ * the name we pass it and look for an existing subfile
+ * of that name. There's thus only one sub-file for the
+ * actual source (e.g. for "foo.c" in foo.c), despite the
+ * fact that we'll see lots of SRCFILE entries for foo.c
+ * inside foo.c.
+ */
+ start_subfile (name, NULL);
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
+ /*
+ * We no longer ignore DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols. The module
+ * represents the meaningful semantic structure of a compilation
+ * unit. We expect to start the psymtab-to-symtab expansion
+ * looking at a MODULE entry, and to end it at the corresponding
+ * END MODULE entry.
+ *
+ *--Begin outdated comments
+ *
+ * This record signifies the start of a new source module
+ * In C/C++ there is no explicit "module" construct in the language,
+ * but each compilation unit is implicitly a module and they
+ * do emit the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE records.
+ * The end of the module is marked by a matching DNTT_TYPE_END record.
+ *
+ * The reason GDB gets away with ignoring the DNTT_TYPE_MODULE record
+ * is it notices the DNTT_TYPE_END record for the previous
+ * module (see comments under DNTT_TYPE_END case), and then treats
+ * the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE record as if it were the module-start record.
+ * (i.e., it makes a start_symtab() call).
+ * This scheme seems a little convoluted, but I'll leave it
+ * alone on the principle "if it ain't broke don't fix
+ * it". (RT).
+ *
+ *-- End outdated comments
+ */
+
+ valu = text_offset;
+ if (!last_source_file)
+ {
+ /* Start of a new module. We know this because "last_source_file"
+ * is NULL, which can only happen the first time or if we just
+ * made a call to end_symtab() to close out the previous module.
+ */
+ start_symtab (name, NULL, valu);
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = dn_bufp->dmodule.address;
+ }
else
{
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dsfile.address,
- objfile, offset);
+ /* This really shouldn't happen if we're using the quick
+ * look-up tables, as it would mean we'd scanned past an
+ * END MODULE entry. But if we're not using the tables,
+ * we started the module on the SRCFILE entry, so it's ok.
+ * For now, accept this.
+ */
+ /* warning( "Error expanding psymtab, missed module end, found entry for %s",
+ * name );
+ */
+ *at_module_boundary_p = -1;
}
- start_subfile (name, NULL);
- break;
- case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /* No need to do anything with these DNTT_TYPE_MODULE symbols anymore. */
+ start_subfile (name, NULL);
break;
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
case DNTT_TYPE_ENTRY:
/* A function or secondary entry point. */
valu = dn_bufp->dfunc.lowaddr + offset;
+
+ /* Record lines up to this point. */
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
SL_INDEX (objfile),
dn_bufp->dfunc.address,
complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
new = push_context (0, valu);
+ /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
+ * the symbol records for the function parameters.
+ */
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
+
+ /* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
+ * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
+ * if that exists.
+ */
+ if ((dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
+ dn_bufp->dfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
+ *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias;
+ else
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
+
+ /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
+ * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
+ if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
+ (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name, "main") == 0))
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
+
+ /* The SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME field is expected to
+ * be the demangled name.
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
+ {
+ /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
+ * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
+ * do the job. This generally does the job, even though
+ * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
+ * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
+ * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
+ * Generally, we don't want params when we display
+ * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
+ * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
+ * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
+ */
+ SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
+ if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.alias) &&
+ (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
+ {
+
+ /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
+ * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
+ * field is still NULL. Try to
+ * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
+ * in the SOM record. A complication here is that
+ * the name field contains only the function name
+ * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
+ * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
+ */
+ char *basename;
+ char *classname;
+ char *dem_name;
+ basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->dfunc.name;
+ classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
+ if (classname)
+ {
+ dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
+ strcpy (dem_name, classname);
+ strcat (dem_name, "::");
+ strcat (dem_name, basename);
+ SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
+ SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
if (dn_bufp->dfunc.global)
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
else
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
new->name = sym;
- /* Search forward to the next scope beginning. */
- while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
+ /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
+ * in the line info up to that point.
+ * Not sure why this is needed.
+ * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
+ * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
+ * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
+ dn_bufp->dfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
{
- dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
- if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
- continue;
+ while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
+ {
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
+ continue;
+ }
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
+ SL_INDEX (objfile),
+ dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
+ objfile, offset);
+ SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
}
+ record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
+ valu = dn_bufp->ddocfunc.lowaddr + offset;
+
+ /* Record lines up to this point. */
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
+ dn_bufp->ddocfunc.address,
objfile, offset);
- SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
+
+ WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 1;
+ CURRENT_FUNCTION_VALUE (objfile) = valu;
+ /* Stack must be empty now. */
+ if (context_stack_depth != 0)
+ complain (&lbrac_unmatched_complaint, (char *) symnum);
+ new = push_context (0, valu);
+
+ /* Built a type for the function. This includes processing
+ * the symbol records for the function parameters.
+ */
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_BLOCK;
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_doc_function_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile, 1);
+
+ /* The "SYMBOL_NAME" field is expected to be the mangled name
+ * (if any), which we get from the "alias" field of the SOM record
+ * if that exists.
+ */
+ if ((dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS) &&
+ dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias && /* has an alias */
+ *(char *) (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias)) /* not a null string */
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias;
+ else
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
+
+ /* Special hack to get around HP compilers' insistence on
+ * reporting "main" as "_MAIN_" for C/C++ */
+ if ((strcmp (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), "_MAIN_") == 0) &&
+ (strcmp (VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name, "main") == 0))
+ SYMBOL_NAME (sym) = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
+
+ if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
+ {
+
+ /* SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME is a macro which winds up
+ * calling the demangler in libiberty (cplus_demangle()) to
+ * do the job. This generally does the job, even though
+ * it's intended for the GNU compiler and not the aCC compiler
+ * Note that SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME calls the
+ * demangler with arguments DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI.
+ * Generally, we don't want params when we display
+ * a demangled name, but when I took out the DMGL_PARAMS,
+ * some things broke, so I'm leaving it in here, and
+ * working around the issue in stack.c. - RT
+ */
+ SYMBOL_INIT_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym, &objfile->symbol_obstack);
+
+ if ((SYMBOL_NAME (sym) == VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.alias) &&
+ (!SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym)))
+ {
+
+ /* Well, the symbol name is mangled, but the
+ * demangler in libiberty failed so the demangled
+ * field is still NULL. Try to
+ * do the job ourselves based on the "name" field
+ * in the SOM record. A complication here is that
+ * the name field contains only the function name
+ * (like "f"), whereas we want the class qualification
+ * (as in "c::f"). Try to reconstruct that.
+ */
+ char *basename;
+ char *classname;
+ char *dem_name;
+ basename = VT (objfile) + dn_bufp->ddocfunc.name;
+ classname = class_of (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym));
+ if (classname)
+ {
+ dem_name = xmalloc (strlen (basename) + strlen (classname) + 3);
+ strcpy (dem_name, classname);
+ strcat (dem_name, "::");
+ strcat (dem_name, basename);
+ SYMBOL_CPLUS_DEMANGLED_NAME (sym) = dem_name;
+ SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym) = language_cplus;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ /* Add the function symbol to the list of symbols in this blockvector */
+ if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.global)
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
+ else
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ new->name = sym;
+
+ /* Search forward to the next BEGIN and also read
+ * in the line info up to that point.
+ * Not sure why this is needed.
+ * In HP FORTRAN this code is harmful since there
+ * may not be a BEGIN after the FUNCTION.
+ * So I made it C/C++ specific. - RT
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_C ||
+ dn_bufp->ddocfunc.language == HP_LANGUAGE_CPLUSPLUS)
+ {
+ while (dn_bufp->dblock.kind != DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN)
+ {
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (++index, objfile);
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.extension)
+ continue;
+ }
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
+ SL_INDEX (objfile),
+ dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
+ objfile, offset);
+ SYMBOL_LINE (sym) = hpread_get_line (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
+ }
record_line (current_subfile, SYMBOL_LINE (sym), valu);
break;
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- /* Begin a new scope. */
- SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
- SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
- objfile, offset);
- valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
- desc = hpread_get_depth (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
- new = push_context (desc, valu);
+ /* Begin a new scope. */
+ if (context_stack_depth == 1 /* this means we're at function level */ &&
+ context_stack[0].name != NULL /* this means it's a function */ &&
+ context_stack[0].depth == 0 /* this means it's the first BEGIN
+ we've seen after the FUNCTION */
+ )
+ {
+ /* This is the first BEGIN after a FUNCTION.
+ * We ignore this one, since HP compilers always insert
+ * at least one BEGIN, i.e. it's:
+ *
+ * FUNCTION
+ * argument symbols
+ * BEGIN
+ * local symbols
+ * (possibly nested BEGIN ... END's if there are inner { } blocks)
+ * END
+ * END
+ *
+ * By ignoring this first BEGIN, the local symbols get treated
+ * as belonging to the function scope, and "print func::local_sym"
+ * works (which is what we want).
+ */
+
+ /* All we do here is increase the depth count associated with
+ * the FUNCTION entry in the context stack. This ensures that
+ * the next BEGIN we see (if any), representing a real nested { }
+ * block, will get processed.
+ */
+
+ context_stack[0].depth++;
+
+ }
+ else
+ {
+
+ /* Record lines up to this SLT pointer. */
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
+ SL_INDEX (objfile),
+ dn_bufp->dbegin.address,
+ objfile, offset);
+ /* Calculate start address of new scope */
+ valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
+ valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
+ /* We use the scope start DNTT index as nesting depth identifier! */
+ desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dbegin.address, objfile);
+ new = push_context (desc, valu);
+ }
break;
case DNTT_TYPE_END:
/* End a scope. */
+
+ /* Valid end kinds are:
+ * MODULE
+ * FUNCTION
+ * WITH
+ * COMMON
+ * BEGIN
+ * CLASS_SCOPE
+ */
+
SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
SL_INDEX (objfile),
- dn_bufp->dend.address + 1,
+ dn_bufp->dend.address,
objfile, offset);
switch (dn_bufp->dend.endkind)
{
case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
- /* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module. */
+ /* Ending a module ends the symbol table for that module.
+ * Calling end_symtab() has the side effect of clearing the
+ * last_source_file pointer, which in turn signals
+ * process_one_debug_symbol() to treat the next DNTT_TYPE_SRCFILE
+ * record as a module-begin.
+ */
valu = text_offset + text_size + offset;
- (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, SECT_OFF_TEXT (objfile));
+
+ /* Tell our caller that we're done with expanding the
+ * debug information for a module.
+ */
+ *at_module_boundary_p = 1;
+
+ /* Don't do this, as our caller will do it!
+
+ * (void) end_symtab (valu, objfile, 0);
+ */
break;
case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index,
objfile);
valu = dn_temp->dfunc.hiaddr + offset;
+ /* Insert func params into local list */
+ merge_symbol_lists (¶m_symbols, &local_symbols);
new = pop_context ();
/* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
- WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0;
+ WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile) = 0; /* This may have to change for Pascal */
+ local_symbols = new->locals;
+ param_symbols = new->params;
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
- /* Just ending a local scope. */
+ if (context_stack_depth == 1 &&
+ context_stack[0].name != NULL &&
+ context_stack[0].depth == 1)
+ {
+ /* This is the END corresponding to the
+ * BEGIN which we ignored - see DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN case above.
+ */
+ context_stack[0].depth--;
+ }
+ else
+ {
+ /* Ending a local scope. */
+ valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
+ /* Why in the hell is this needed? */
+ valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
+ new = pop_context ();
+ desc = dn_bufp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
+ if (desc != new->depth)
+ complain (&lbrac_mismatch_complaint, (char *) symnum);
+
+ /* Make a block for the local symbols within. */
+ finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
+ new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
+ local_symbols = new->locals;
+ param_symbols = new->params;
+ }
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
+ /* Since we ignore the DNTT_TYPE_WITH that starts the scope,
+ * we can ignore the DNTT_TYPE_END that ends it.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
+ /* End a FORTRAN common block. We don't currently handle these */
+ complain (&hpread_unhandled_end_common_complaint);
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
+
+ /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- must
+ * maintain a stack */
+ class_scope_name = NULL;
+
+#if 0
+ /* End a class scope */
valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dend.address, objfile);
/* Why in the hell is this needed? */
valu += offset + 9; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
finish_block (new->name, &local_symbols, new->old_blocks,
new->start_addr, valu, objfile);
local_symbols = new->locals;
+ param_symbols = new->params;
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ default:
+ complain (&hpread_unexpected_end_complaint);
break;
}
break;
+
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_IMPORT is not handled */
+
case DNTT_TYPE_LABEL:
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = LABEL_NAMESPACE;
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_FPARAM:
/* Function parameters. */
+ /* Note 1: This code was present in the 4.16 sources, and then
+ removed, because fparams are handled in
+ hpread_read_function_type(). However, while fparam symbols
+ are indeed handled twice, this code here cannot be removed
+ because then they don't get added to the local symbol list of
+ the function's code block, which leads to a failure to look
+ up locals, "this"-relative member names, etc. So I've put
+ this code back in. pai/1997-07-21 */
+ /* Note 2: To fix a defect, we stopped adding FPARAMS to local_symbols
+ in hpread_read_function_type(), so FPARAMS had to be handled
+ here. I changed the location to be the appropriate argument
+ kinds rather than LOC_LOCAL. pai/1997-08-08 */
+ /* Note 3: Well, the fix in Note 2 above broke argument printing
+ in traceback frames, and further it makes assumptions about the
+ order of the FPARAM entries from HP compilers (cc and aCC in particular
+ generate them in reverse orders -- fixing one breaks for the other).
+ So I've added code in hpread_read_function_type() to add fparams
+ to a param_symbols list for the current context level. These are
+ then merged into local_symbols when a function end is reached.
+ pai/1997-08-11 */
+
+ break; /* do nothing; handled in hpread_read_function_type() */
+
+#if 0 /* Old code */
if (dn_bufp->dfparam.regparam)
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
+ else if (dn_bufp->dfparam.indirect)
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REF_ARG;
else
- SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_ARG;
+ SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
if (dn_bufp->dfparam.copyparam)
{
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
else
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->dfparam.location;
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dfparam.type, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &fparam_symbols);
break;
+#endif
+
case DNTT_TYPE_SVAR:
/* Static variables. */
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_STATIC;
- SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location;
+
+ /* Note: There is a case that arises with globals in shared
+ * libraries where we need to set the address to LOC_INDIRECT.
+ * This case is if you have a global "g" in one library, and
+ * it is referenced "extern <type> g;" in another library.
+ * If we're processing the symbols for the referencing library,
+ * we'll see a global "g", but in this case the address given
+ * in the symbol table contains a pointer to the real "g".
+ * We use the storage class LOC_INDIRECT to indicate this. RT
+ */
+ if (is_in_import_list (SYMBOL_NAME (sym), objfile))
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_INDIRECT;
+
+ SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location + data_offset;
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dsvar.type, objfile);
+
if (dn_bufp->dsvar.global)
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
+
else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
+
else
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+
+ if (dn_bufp->dsvar.thread_specific)
+ {
+ /* Thread-local variable.
+ */
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_THREAD_LOCAL_STATIC;
+ SYMBOL_BASEREG (sym) = CR27_REGNUM;
+
+ if (objfile->flags & OBJF_SHARED)
+ {
+ /*
+ * This variable is not only thread local but
+ * in a shared library.
+ *
+ * Alas, the shared lib structures are private
+ * to "somsolib.c". But C lets us point to one.
+ */
+ struct so_list *so;
+
+ if (objfile->obj_private == NULL)
+ error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
+
+ so = ((obj_private_data_t *) (objfile->obj_private))->so_info;
+ if (so == NULL)
+ error ("Internal error in reading shared library information.");
+
+ /* Thread-locals in shared libraries do NOT have the
+ * standard offset ("data_offset"), so we re-calculate
+ * where to look for this variable, using a call-back
+ * to interpret the private shared-library data.
+ */
+ SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (sym) = dn_bufp->dsvar.location +
+ so_lib_thread_start_addr (so);
+ }
+ }
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_DVAR:
/* Dynamic variables. */
if (dn_bufp->ddvar.regvar)
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_REGISTER;
else
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_LOCAL;
+
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym) = dn_bufp->ddvar.location;
#ifdef HPREAD_ADJUST_STACK_ADDRESS
SYMBOL_VALUE (sym)
else
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_CONST:
/* A constant (pascal?). */
SYMBOL_CLASS (sym) = LOC_CONST;
else
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_TYPEDEF:
+ /* A typedef. We do want to process these, since a name is
+ * added to the namespace for the typedef'ed name.
+ */
SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
if (dn_bufp->dtype.global)
else
add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF:
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
- TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
- TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
- if (dn_bufp->dtype.global)
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
- else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
- else
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ {
+ int global = dn_bufp->dtag.global;
+ /* Structure, union, enum, template, or class tag definition */
+ /* We do want to process these, since a name is
+ * added to the namespace for the tag name (and if C++ class,
+ * for the typename also).
+ */
+ SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
+
+ /* The tag contains in its "type" field a pointer to the
+ * DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT, DNTT_TYPE_UNION, DNTT_TYPE_ENUM,
+ * DNTT_TYPE_CLASS or DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE
+ * record that actually defines the type.
+ */
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_type_lookup (dn_bufp->dtype.type, objfile);
+ TYPE_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
+ TYPE_TAG_NAME (sym->type) = SYMBOL_NAME (sym);
+ if (dn_bufp->dtag.global)
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &global_symbols);
+ else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &local_symbols);
+ else
+ add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+
+ /* If this is a C++ class, then we additionally
+ * need to define a typedef for the
+ * class type. E.g., so that the name "c" becomes visible as
+ * a type name when the user says "class c { ... }".
+ * In order to figure this out, we need to chase down the "type"
+ * field to get to the DNTT_TYPE_CLASS record.
+ *
+ * We also add the typename for ENUM. Though this isn't
+ * strictly correct, it is necessary because of the debug info
+ * generated by the aCC compiler, in which we cannot
+ * distinguish between:
+ * enum e { ... };
+ * and
+ * typedef enum { ... } e;
+ * I.e., the compiler emits the same debug info for the above
+ * two cases, in both cases "e" appearing as a tagdef.
+ * Therefore go ahead and generate the typename so that
+ * "ptype e" will work in the above cases.
+ *
+ * We also add the typename for TEMPLATE, so as to allow "ptype t"
+ * when "t" is a template name.
+ */
+ if (dn_bufp->dtype.type.dnttp.index < LNTT_SYMCOUNT (objfile))
+ dn_bufp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dtag.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ else
+ {
+ complain (&hpread_tagdef_complaint);
+ return;
+ }
+ if (dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_CLASS ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_ENUM ||
+ dn_bufp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE)
+ {
+ struct symbol *newsym;
+
+ newsym = (struct symbol *) obstack_alloc (&objfile->symbol_obstack,
+ sizeof (struct symbol));
+ memset (newsym, 0, sizeof (struct symbol));
+ SYMBOL_NAME (newsym) = name;
+ SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (newsym) = language_auto;
+ SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (newsym) = VAR_NAMESPACE;
+ SYMBOL_LINE (newsym) = 0;
+ SYMBOL_VALUE (newsym) = 0;
+ SYMBOL_CLASS (newsym) = LOC_TYPEDEF;
+ SYMBOL_TYPE (newsym) = sym->type;
+ if (global)
+ add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &global_symbols);
+ else if (WITHIN_FUNCTION (objfile))
+ add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &local_symbols);
+ else
+ add_symbol_to_list (newsym, &file_symbols);
+ }
+ }
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_POINTER:
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = lookup_pointer_type (hpread_type_lookup
- (dn_bufp->dptr.pointsto,
- objfile));
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares a pointer type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_ENUM:
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_enum_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares an enum type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_MEMENUM:
+ /* Member of enum */
+ /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_enum_type() will take
+ * care of walking the list of enumeration members.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_SET:
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_set_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares a set type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_SUBRANGE:
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_subrange_type (hp_type, dn_bufp,
- objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares a subrange type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_ARRAY:
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_array_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares an array type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
break;
+
case DNTT_TYPE_STRUCT:
case DNTT_TYPE_UNION:
- SYMBOL_NAMESPACE (sym) = STRUCT_NAMESPACE;
- SYMBOL_TYPE (sym) = hpread_read_struct_type (hp_type, dn_bufp, objfile);
- add_symbol_to_list (sym, &file_symbols);
+ /* Declares an struct/union type.
+ * Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FIELD:
+ /* Structure/union/class field */
+ /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
+ * care of walking the list of structure/union/class members.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_VARIANT is not handled by GDB */
+
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_FILE is not handled by GDB */
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTYPE:
+ /* Function type */
+ /* Ignored at this level, handled within hpread_type_lookup() */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
+ /* This is emitted within methods to indicate "with <class>"
+ * scoping rules (i.e., indicate that the class data members
+ * are directly visible).
+ * However, since GDB already infers this by looking at the
+ * "this" argument, interpreting the DNTT_TYPE_WITH
+ * symbol record is unnecessary.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
+ /* FORTRAN common. Not yet handled. */
+ complain (&hpread_unhandled_common_complaint);
+ break;
+
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_COBSTRUCT is not handled by GDB. */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_XREF is not handled by GDB. */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_SA is not handled by GDB. */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_MACRO is not handled by GDB */
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BLOCKDATA:
+ /* Not sure what this is - part of FORTRAN support maybe?
+ * Anyway, not yet handled.
+ */
+ complain (&hpread_unhandled_blockdata_complaint);
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
+
+
+
+ /* The compiler brackets member functions with a CLASS_SCOPE/END
+ * pair of records, presumably to put them in a different scope
+ * from the module scope where they are normally defined.
+ * E.g., in the situation:
+ * void f() { ... }
+ * void c::f() { ...}
+ * The member function "c::f" will be bracketed by a CLASS_SCOPE/END.
+ * This causes "break f" at the module level to pick the
+ * the file-level function f(), not the member function
+ * (which needs to be referenced via "break c::f").
+ *
+ * Here we record the class name to generate the demangled names of
+ * member functions later.
+ *
+ * FIXME Not being used now for anything -- cplus_demangle seems
+ * enough for getting the class-qualified names of functions. We
+ * may need this for handling nested classes and types. */
+
+ /* pai: FIXME Not handling nested classes for now -- need to
+ * maintain a stack */
+
+ dn_temp = hpread_get_lntt (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.type.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ if (dn_temp->dblock.kind == DNTT_TYPE_TAGDEF)
+ class_scope_name = VT (objfile) + dn_temp->dtag.name;
+ else
+ class_scope_name = NULL;
+
+#if 0
+
+ /* Begin a new scope. */
+ SL_INDEX (objfile) = hpread_record_lines (current_subfile,
+ SL_INDEX (objfile),
+ dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address,
+ objfile, offset);
+ valu = hpread_get_location (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
+ valu += offset; /* Relocate for dynamic loading */
+ desc = hpread_get_scope_start (dn_bufp->dclass_scope.address, objfile);
+ /* We use the scope start DNTT index as the nesting depth identifier! */
+ new = push_context (desc, valu);
+#endif
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_REFERENCE:
+ /* Declares a C++ reference type. Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEM:
+ /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-data-member type. This does not
+ * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
+ * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_PTRMEMFUNC:
+ /* Declares a C++ pointer-to-function-member type. This does not
+ * need to be handled at this level; being a type description it
+ * is instead handled at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS:
+ /* Declares a class type.
+ * Should not be necessary to do anything
+ * with the type at this level; these are processed
+ * at the hpread_type_lookup() level.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_GENFIELD:
+ /* I believe this is used for class member functions */
+ /* Ignored at this level, but hpread_read_struct_type() will take
+ * care of walking the list of class members.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_VFUNC:
+ /* Virtual function */
+ /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
+ * the course of processing class symbols.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMACCESS:
+ /* DDE ignores this symbol table record.
+ * It has something to do with "modified access" to class members.
+ * I'll assume we can safely ignore it too.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_INHERITANCE:
+ /* These don't have to be handled here, since they are handled
+ * within hpread_read_struct_type() in the process of constructing
+ * a class type.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_CLASS:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FRIEND_FUNC:
+ /* These can safely be ignored, as GDB doesn't need this
+ * info. DDE only uses it in "describe". We may later want
+ * to extend GDB's "ptype" to give this info, but for now
+ * it seems safe enough to ignore it.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODIFIER:
+ /* Intended to supply "modified access" to a type */
+ /* From the way DDE handles this, it looks like it always
+ * modifies a type. Therefore it is safe to ignore it at this
+ * level, and handle it in hpread_type_lookup().
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_OBJECT_ID:
+ /* Just ignore this - that's all DDE does */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MEMFUNC:
+ /* Member function */
+ /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
+ * the course of processing class symbols.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_MEMFUNC:
+ /* Member function */
+ /* This does not have to be handled at this level; handled in
+ * the course of processing class symbols.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE:
+ /* Template - sort of the header for a template definition,
+ * which like a class, points to a member list and also points
+ * to a TEMPLATE_ARG list of type-arguments.
+ * We do not need to process TEMPLATE records at this level though.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_TEMPLATE_ARG:
+ /* The TEMPLATE record points to an argument list of
+ * TEMPLATE_ARG records, each of which describes one
+ * of the type-arguments.
+ * We do not need to process TEMPLATE_ARG records at this level though.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNC_TEMPLATE:
+ /* This will get emitted for member functions of templates.
+ * But we don't need to process this record at this level though,
+ * we will process it in the course of processing a TEMPLATE
+ * record.
+ */
+ break;
+
+ case DNTT_TYPE_LINK:
+ /* The LINK record is used to link up templates with instantiations. */
+ /* It is not clear why this is needed, and furthermore aCC does
+ * not appear to generate this, so I think we can safely ignore it. - RT
+ */
break;
+
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_DYN_ARRAY_DESC is not handled by GDB */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_DESC_SUBRANGE is not handled by GDB */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN_EXT is not handled by GDB */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN is not handled by GDB */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_INLN_LIST is not handled by GDB */
+ /* DNTT_TYPE_ALIAS is not handled by GDB */
+
default:
break;
}
}
+
+/* Get nesting depth for a DNTT entry.
+ * DN_BUFP points to a DNTT entry.
+ * OBJFILE is the object file.
+ * REPORT_NESTED is a flag; if 0, real nesting depth is
+ * reported, if it is 1, the function simply returns a
+ * non-zero value if the nesting depth is anything > 0.
+ *
+ * Return value is an integer. 0 => not a local type / name
+ * positive return => type or name is local to some
+ * block or function.
+ */
+
+
+/* elz: ATTENTION: FIXME: NOTE: WARNING!!!!
+ this function now returns 0 right away. It was taking too much time
+ at start up. Now, though, the local types are not handled correctly.
+ */
+
+
+static int
+hpread_get_scope_depth (union dnttentry *dn_bufp, struct objfile *objfile,
+ int report_nested)
+{
+ register int index;
+ register union dnttentry *dn_tmp;
+ register short depth = 0;
+/****************************/
+ return 0;
+/****************************/
+
+ index = (((char *) dn_bufp) - LNTT (objfile)) / (sizeof (struct dntt_type_block));
+
+ while (--index >= 0)
+ {
+ dn_tmp = hpread_get_lntt (index, objfile);
+ switch (dn_tmp->dblock.kind)
+ {
+ case DNTT_TYPE_MODULE:
+ return depth;
+ case DNTT_TYPE_END:
+ /* index is signed int; dnttp.index is 29-bit unsigned int! */
+ index = (int) dn_tmp->dend.beginscope.dnttp.index;
+ break;
+ case DNTT_TYPE_BEGIN:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_FUNCTION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_DOC_FUNCTION:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_WITH:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_COMMON:
+ case DNTT_TYPE_CLASS_SCOPE:
+ depth++;
+ if (report_nested)
+ return 1;
+ break;
+ default:
+ break;
+ }
+ }
+ return depth;
+}
+
+/* Adjust the bitoffsets for all fields of an anonymous union of
+ type TYPE by negative BITS. This handles HP aCC's hideous habit
+ of giving members of anonymous unions bit offsets relative to the
+ enclosing structure instead of relative to the union itself. */
+
+static void
+hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (struct type *type, int bits)
+{
+ register int i;
+
+ /* This is done only for unions; caller had better check that
+ it is an anonymous one. */
+ if (TYPE_CODE (type) != TYPE_CODE_UNION)
+ return;
+
+ /* Adjust each field; since this is a union, there are no base
+ classes. Also no static membes. Also, no need for recursion as
+ the members of this union if themeselves structs or unions, have
+ the correct bitoffsets; if an anonymous union is a member of this
+ anonymous union, the code in hpread_read_struct_type() will
+ adjust for that. */
+
+ for (i = 0; i < TYPE_NFIELDS (type); i++)
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type, i) -= bits;
+}
+
+/* Because of quirks in HP compilers' treatment of anonymous unions inside
+ classes, we have to chase through a chain of threaded FIELD entries.
+ If we encounter an anonymous union in the chain, we must recursively skip over
+ that too.
+
+ This function does a "next" in the chain of FIELD entries, but transparently
+ skips over anonymous unions' fields (recursively).
+
+ Inputs are the number of times to do "next" at the top level, the dnttpointer
+ (FIELD) and entry pointer (FIELDP) for the dntt record corresponding to it,
+ and the ubiquitous objfile parameter. (Note: FIELDP is a **.) Return value
+ is a dnttpointer for the new field after all the skipped ones */
+
+static dnttpointer
+hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (int skip_fields, dnttpointer field,
+ union dnttentry **fieldp,
+ struct objfile *objfile)
+{
+ struct type *anon_type;
+ register int i;
+ int bitoffset;
+ char *name;
+
+ for (i = 0; i < skip_fields; i++)
+ {
+ /* Get type of item we're looking at now; recursively processes the types
+ of these intermediate items we skip over, so they aren't lost. */
+ anon_type = hpread_type_lookup ((*fieldp)->dfield.type, objfile);
+ anon_type = CHECK_TYPEDEF (anon_type);
+ bitoffset = (*fieldp)->dfield.bitoffset;
+ name = VT (objfile) + (*fieldp)->dfield.name;
+ /* First skip over one item to avoid stack death on recursion */
+ field = (*fieldp)->dfield.nextfield;
+ *fieldp = hpread_get_lntt (field.dnttp.index, objfile);
+ /* Do we have another anonymous union? If so, adjust the bitoffsets
+ of its members and skip over its members. */
+ if ((TYPE_CODE (anon_type) == TYPE_CODE_UNION) &&
+ (!name || STREQ (name, "")))
+ {
+ hpread_adjust_bitoffsets (anon_type, bitoffset);
+ field = hpread_get_next_skip_over_anon_unions (TYPE_NFIELDS (anon_type), field, fieldp, objfile);
+ }
+ }
+ return field;
+}
projects / binutils-gdb.git / commitdiff